Sea Ray 2006 40 MOTOR YACHT Owners Manual

W

ELCOME

40 Motor Yacht

International • 415 Motor Yacht

Congratulations on becoming the new owner of the world’s most prestigious yacht. We at Sea Ray ® Boats,

Inc. welcome you into our worldwide and everexpanding family of boating enthusiasts.

The Owner’s Manual Packet, to be kept on board your

Sea Ray, gives you important information on all the features of your Sea Ray, for years of trouble-free boating take the time to carefully review the information in your Owner’s Manual Packet and really get to know your boat. Have everyone who will operate your yacht read this manual.

The Owner’s Manual Packet contains the following:

• Owner’s Manual

The Owner’s Manual gives you important operating and safety information, as well as reminding you about your responsibilities as a boat owner/operator.

• Original Equipment Manufacturer (OEM)

Information

This section of your Owner’s Manual Packet contains information from the manufacturers of equipment installed on your boat. Examples include the engine, engine control and steering system. Throughout the

Owner’s Manual you will be referred to information provided by manufacturers of specific systems.

Because your purchase represents a substantial investment, we know you will want to take the necessary measures to protect its value. We have outlined a program for proper operation, periodic maintenance and safety inspections. We urge you to follow these recommendations. If you have questions which are not fully covered by the Owner’s Manual

Packet, please consult your authorized dealer for assistance.

Thank You For Selecting A Sea Ray ® !

Bon Voyage

®

40 Motor Yacht ( 415 Motor Yacht) i

ii 40 Motor Yacht ( 415 Motor Yacht)

I

NTRODUCTION

1. T

HIS

M

ANUAL

The material here and in the rest of the Owner’s

Manual Packet:

• Gives you basic safety information;

• Describes the features of your boat;

• Describes the equipment on your boat;

• Describes the fundamentals of boat use; and

• Contains service and maintenance information.

You must learn to operate this boat as well as read, understand and use this manual.

What this manual does not give you is a course in boating safety, or how to navigate, anchor or dock you boat. Operating a power boat safely requires more skills, knowledge and awareness than is necessary for a car or truck.

2. Y

OUR RESPONSIBILITIES

For your safety, the safety of your passengers, other boaters and people in the water, you must:

• Take a boating safety course;

• Get instruction in the safe and proper handling of your boat;

• Understand and follow the “rules of the road”;

• Learn how to navigate.

3. S

OURCE OF

I

NFORMATION

In North America, contact one of the following for boating courses:

• U.S. Coast Guard Auxiliary

• U.S. Power Squadron

• Canadian Power and Sail Squadrons

• Red cross

• State Boating Offices

• Yacht Club

Contact your dealer or the Boat/U.S. Foundation at

1-800-336-2628

Outside of North America, contact your boat dealer and/or your governmental boating agency for assistance.

A book that provides a comprehensive background in boating is Chapman - Piloting, Seamanship and small

Boat handling, by Elbert S. Maloney, published by

Hearst Marine.

4. D

EALER RESPONSIBILITIES

In addition to a pre-delivery check and service of the boat, your dealer is to give you:

• A description and demonstration of the safety systems, features, instruments and controls on your boat;

• An orientation in the general operation of your boat;

• An “In Service Form” completed by you and the dealer after your inspection of the boat;

• A review of all warranty information and how to obtain warranty service;

• The complete Owner’s Manual Packet.

If you do not receive all of these materials, or have any questions, contact your dealer or call

1-800-SRBOATS (International 1-314-216-3333).

5. W

ARRANTIES

Your boat comes with several warranties. Each component and/or system on your boat has its own warranty that will be found with the specific information and manual for that component. These are included with your Owner’s Manual Packet. Locate and read the individual warranties; then put them together for easy future reference. The Sea Ray ® warranty is on the warranty information card in your packet and is repeated on the next page.

40 Motor Yacht ( 415 Motor Yacht) iii

iv

I

NTRODUCTION

6. H

ULL

I

DENTIFICATION

N

UMBER

(HIN)

The “Hull Identification Number” located on the starboard side of the transom, is the most important identifying factor and must be included in all correspondence and orders. Failure to include it creates delays. Also of vital importance are the engine serial numbers and part numbers when writing about or ordering parts for your engine. Refer to the Engine

Operator’s Manual for locations of engine serial numbers and record them for future reference.

H.I.N L

OCATION

(F

IG

.

IV

)

HULL

IDENTIFICATION

NUMBER

7. M

ANUFACTURER

’

S

C

ERTIFICATION

As a boat manufacturer, Sea Ray builds their products to guidelines established under the Federal Boat Safety

Act of 1971. The Act is promulgated by the United

States Coast Guard who has authority to enforce these laws on boat manufacturers that sell products in the

United States.

Sea Ray ensures that all of its products comply with these laws. The NMMA, National Marine Manufacturers

Association, provides Sea Ray with a third party certification. The NMMA is an organization that represents the marine industry and assists manufacturers, boat dealers, marinas, repair yards and component suppliers in areas of legislation, environmental concerns, marine business growth and state and federal government agency interaction. The third party certification that Sea Ray participates in, uses the well know Standards and Recommended

Practices of the ABYC, American Boat and Yacht

Council.

Sea Ray Boats participates extensively in the American

Boat and Yacht Council which is a non-profit organization that develops and publishes voluntary standards and recommended practices for boat and equipment design, construction, service and repair.

We utilize all applicable ABYC standards in the construction of your Sea Ray boat.

Finally, Sea Ray sells their products world wide and as such must conform to the various rules and regulations required by other countries. Most notably, are the ISO standards in Europe which require the application of the CE (Common European) mark. This mark, much like the NMMA certification here in the US, gives you the boat owner specific information concerning your craft. For more information, turn to

Section 1 - Safety, subsections 8 and 12 which explains in detail the CE plate and its importance.

40 Motor Yacht ( 415 Motor Yacht)

I

NTRODUCTION

8. S

ERVICE

, P

ARTS AND

R

EPAIR FOR

Y

OUR

B

OAT

When your boat needs service, parts or repair, take it to an authorized Sea Ray ® dealer. To find a dealer in your area call:

Domestic: 1-800-SRBOATS

Fax: 1-314-213-7878

International: 1-314-216-333

To find repair and parts facilities for the equipment installed on your boat, refer to the manual for that component.

If a problem is not handled to your satisfaction:

1. Discuss any warranty-related problems directly with the service manager of the dealership or your sales person. Give the dealer an opportunity to help the service department resolve the matter for you.

2. If a problem arises that has not been resolved to your satisfaction by your dealer, contact Sea Ray ®

Boats at 1-800-SRBOATS and the appropriate customer service department information will be provided to you.

9. C

ONTACT

P

HONE

N

UMBERS

&

I

NTERNET

A

DDRESSES

Sea Ray Boats USA

Phone ............................ 1-800-SRBOATS

Fax ................................... 1-314-213-7878

Internet ........................... www.searay.com

Sea Ray Boats International ....... 1-314-216-3333

United States Coast Guard

Phone .............................. 1-800-368-5647

Internet .................. www.uscgboating.com

Boat US Foundations

Phone .............................. 1-800-336-2628

Internet ......... www.boatus.com/foundation/

Canadian Coast Guard

Phone .............................. 1-800-267-6687

Internet .... www.ccg-gcc.gc.ca/main_e.htm

40 Motor Yacht ( 415 Motor Yacht) v

A

BOUT

Y

OUR

L

IMITED

W

ARRANTY

Sea Ray offers an express Limited Warranty on each new Sea Ray purchased through an authorized Sea

Ray dealer. A copy of the Limited Warranty was included in your owner’s packet. If for any reason, you did not receive a copy of the Limited Warranty, please contact your local dealer or call 1-800 SR BOATS for a replacement copy.

Under the Limited Warranty, Sea Ray covers structural fiberglass deck or hull defects which occur with five (5) years of the date of delivery and parts founds to be defective in factory material or workmanship within one (1) year of the date of delivery. In addition, laminate blisters resulting from defects in factory material or workmanship are covered for five (5) years on a pro-rated basis.

Sea Ray’s obligation under the Limited Warranty is limited to repair or replacement of parts that are judged defective by Sea Ray and does not include transportation, haul out, or other expenses. The foregoing is the sole and exclusive remedy provided by Sea Ray.

The Limited Warranty does not cover engines, stern drives, controls, propellers, batteries, trailers, or other equipment or accessories carrying their own individual warranties, nor does the Limited Warranty cover engines, parts or accessories not installed by Sea Ray. The Limited Warranty does not cover cosmetic gel coat finish. Boats used for commercial purpose are excluded from coverage. See the Sea Ray Express

Limited Transferable Warranty for other exclusions.

SEA RAY EXPRESSLY DISCLAIMS THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF

MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS. NEITHER SEA RAY NOR THE SELLING DEALER

SHALL HAVE ANY RESPONSIBILITY FOR LOSS OF USE OF THE BOAT, LOSS OF TIME,

INCONVENIENCE, COMMERCIAL LOSS OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES.

The unexpired term of the Limited Warranty may be transferred to a subsequent owner upon the new owner’s written request to Sea Ray Division of Brunswick Corporation, 2600 Sea Ray Blvd., Knoxville,

Tennessee, 37914 and payment to Sea Ray of Fifty Dollars ($50.00).

Thank you for your decision to buy a Sea Ray.

vi

The Sea Ray Express Limited Transferable Warranty is subject to change at any time at Sea Ray’s discretion. The

information contained herein is general information about the Limited Warranty for the owner’s general knowledge,

but does not alter or amend the terms of the Limited Warranty.

40 Motor Yacht ( 415 Motor Yacht)

40 MY O

WNER

’

S

M

ANUAL

• T

ABLE OF

C

ONTENTS

I

NTRODUCTION

1. This Manual ............................................................. iii

2. Your responsibilities ................................................. iii

3. Source of Information .............................................. iii

4. Dealer Responsibilities ............................................ iii

5. Warranties ............................................................... iii

6. Hull Identification Number (HIN) .............................. iv

7. Manufacturer’s Certificate ........................................ iv

8. Service, Parts and Repair for Your Boat ..................... v

9. Contact Phone Numbers & Internet Addresses .......... v

10. Express Limited Transferable Warranty .................... vi

S

ECTION

1 • S

AFETY

1. Safety Labels ........................................................ 1.1

2. Legally Mandated Minimum Reguired Equipment .. 1.2

3. Fire Extinguishing Equipment ................................ 1.2

4. Carbon Monoxide .................................................. 1.2

A. Carbon Monoxide Monitors ............................. 1.4

5. Life Saving Equipment ............................................ 1.4

A. PFD Classifications ........................................ 1.4

6. Additional recommended Equipment for

Safe Operation ......................................................1.5

7. Impaired Operation ............................................... 1.5

8. Load Capacity ....................................................... 1.5

9. Power Capacity ..................................................... 1.6

10. Stability ...............................................................1.6

11. Maintain Control .................................................. 1.7

A. General Considerations .................................. 1.7

12. Weather ............................................................... 1.7

A. Ocean ............................................................ 1.8

B. Offshore ......................................................... 1.8

C. Inshore .......................................................... 1.8

D. Sheltered Waters ........................................... 1.8

13. Chart Your Course ................................................ 1.9

14. Water Sports ....................................................... 1.9

A. Swimming ...................................................... 1.9

B. Skiing ............................................................ 1.9

C. Diving ........................................................... 1.10

15. Emergency Situations ........................................ 1.10

A. Medical Emergency ..................................... 1.10

B. Water Rescue .............................................. 1.11

C. Fire .............................................................. 1.11

D. Flooding, Swamping and Capsizing .............. 1.11

E. Collisions and Leaking .................................. 1.12

F. Grounding .................................................... 1.12

G. Propulsion, Control or Steering Failure .......... 1.12

16. Safety Hotlines ................................................... 1.12

17. International Requirements ................................. 1.13

18. Nautical terms ................................................... 1.13

19. Environmental Considerations ............................. 1.14

20. Warning Label Locations ................................... 1.16

40 Motor Yacht ( 415 Motor Yacht)

S

ECTION

2 • G

ENERAL

B

OAT

A

RRANGEMENT

1. Docking/Lifting/Storage ......................................... 2.1

A. Bow and Stern Cleats .................................... 2.1

B. Supporting the Boat ....................................... 2.2

2. Passenger Location ............................................... 2.2

3. Basic Boat Dimensions and Clearances ................. 2.4

4. Propulsion System ................................................ 2.4

5. Propellers .............................................................. 2.4

6. General Deck Layout ............................................. 2.5

7. Cabin Layout ......................................................... 2.6

8. Hardtop ................................................................. 2.7

9. Control Station Gauge and Switch Layout ............... 2.7

10. Function and Location of Thru-Hull Fittings

and Cutouts ......................................................... 2.9

11. Major Controls .................................................... 2.11

A. Gear Shifts and Throttle Controls .................. 2.11

B. Engine Synchronizers (Optional) .................. 2.12

C. Hydraulic Trim Tabs ...................................... 2.12

12. Important Gauges .............................................. 2.14

A. Hourmeter .................................................... 2.14

B. Tachometer .................................................. 2.14

C. Oil Pressure, Water Temperature, Voltmeter,

and Fuel Gauges .......................................... 2.14

D. Magnetic Compass ....................................... 2.15

E. Systems Monitor .......................................... 2.16

Display Control Module (DCM)

Function Table ......................................... 2.18

F. Engine Monitoring System (EMS) .................. 2.19

G. Sea Ray Navigator (SRN) (Optional) ............. 2.19

13. Navigation and Anchor Lights .............................. 2.20

A. Console Dimmer .......................................... 2.20

14. Switch & Receptacle Layout ............................... 2.21

15. Lighting Layout ................................................... 2.24

S

ECTION

3 • U

SING

Y

OUR

B

OAT

1. Pre-Launch, Launch and Post-Launch Checklist ..... 3.1

2. Fueling The Boat .................................................... 3.2

A. General .......................................................... 3.2

B. Filling The Tank .............................................. 3.2

C. After Filling ..................................................... 3.2

3. Boarding ................................................................ 3.3

4. Personal Flotation Devices (PFD) ........................... 3.3

5. Passenger Instruction and Location ........................ 3.3

6. Starting The Engines .............................................. 3.4

7. Shifting to Drive The Boat ....................................... 3.6

8. Stopping The Engines ............................................ 3.7

9. Starting The Generator ........................................... 3.7

10. Stopping The Generator ........................................ 3.8

11. Shore Power Hookup ............................................ 3.8

vii

40 MY O

WNER

’

S

M

ANUAL

• T

ABLE OF

C

ONTENTS

12. Shifting From Shore Power to Generator Power ..... 3.9

13. Steering System ................................................ 3.10

A. Auto Pilot (Optional) ..................................... 3.10

14. Anchoring .......................................................... 3.11

A. Anchoring Arrangement ................................ 3.11

B. Anchoring .................................................... 3.11

C. Lowering Anchor .......................................... 3.12

D. Setting Anchor ............................................. 3.12

E. Weighing Anchor .......................................... 3.12

F. Clearing A Fouled Anchor .............................. 3.12

G. A Final Word ................................................ 3.12

15. Windlass ............................................................ 3.13

A. To Operate From The Helm ........................... 3.13

B. To Operate From The Bow ............................ 3.13

C. To Operate Manually .................................... 3.13

D. Maintenance ................................................. 3.14

16. Bow Thruster (Optional) ...................................... 3.14

S

ECTION

5 • F

UEL

S

YSTEM

1. Fuel System ..........................................................5.1

A. Fuel Tank ....................................................... 5.1

B. Fuel Fill Inlet .................................................. 5.1

C. Fuel Vent ....................................................... 5.1

2. Fuel Recommendations ......................................... 5.2

3. Electric Fuel Valve ................................................. 5.2

4. Fuel Filters ............................................................ 5.2

A. Fuel Filters (Diesel Option) ............................. 5.2

B. Generator Fuel Filter (Diesel Option) ............... 5.3

C. Fuel Filter Maintenance .................................. 5.3

5. Fueling Precautions ............................................... 5.4

A. General .......................................................... 5.5

B. Before & During Fueling - Checklist ................ 5.5

C. After Fueling - Checklist ................................. 5.5

S

ECTION

4 • B

ILGE

A

ND

U

NDERWATER GEAR

1. Bilge ...................................................................... 4.1

A. Fuel & Oil Spillage ......................................... 4.1

2. Bilge Pumps .......................................................... 4.1

3. Bilge Blowers ......................................................... 4.2

4. Engines ................................................................. 4.3

A. Fresh Water Cooling System ......................... 4.3

B. Coolant Recommendations ............................. 4.3

5. Engine Mounts ...................................................... 4.3

6. Marine Gears ......................................................... 4.4

A. Reduction Gears ............................................ 4.4

B. Reverse Gears ............................................... 4.4

7. Engine Exhaust system ......................................... 4.4

8. Vibrations & Causes ............................................. 4.4

A. Foreign Object Interferring With

Propeller Action ............................................ 4.4

B. Bent Propeller and/or Shaft ............................. 4.5

C. Engine and Shaft Out of Alignment ................. 4.5

D. Coupling Out of true ....................................... 4.5

E. Engine Part Hitting Boat Structure .................. 4.5

F. Other Possible Causes ................................... 4.5

9. Oil Exchange System (Optional) ............................ 4.5

A. Operating Instructions .................................... 4.5

10. Underwater Gear .................................................. 4.6

A. Propellers ...................................................... 4.6

B. Shafts ............................................................ 4.9

C. Carrier Seal Kit ............................................... 4.9

D. Strut ............................................................ 4.10

11. Rudder & Rudder Stuffing Box ............................. 4.10

12. Seacocks & Strainers ........................................ 4.11

13. Power Steering System ...................................... 4.12

14. Bilge Layout ....................................................... 4.13

viii

S

ECTION

6 • E

LECTRICAL

S

YSTEM

1. DC System ............................................................ 6.1

2. Batteries ................................................................ 6.1

A. To Remove The Battery Cables ....................... 6.2

B. Battery Maintenance ...................................... 6.2

3. Main DC Breaker Panel ......................................... 6.2

4. Battery Switches and Solenoids ............................. 6.2

A. Main battery Solenoids ................................... 6.2

B. Bow Thruster Solonoid ................................... 6.3

5. Control Station Breaker Panels ............................... 6.5

6. Electrical System Fuse Blocks and Breaker ........... 6.5

7. 12 Volt Accessory Receptacle ................................ 6.6

8. Emergency Start System ....................................... 6.6

9. Electronics Circuit .................................................. 6.6

10. AC System .......................................................... 6.6

11. DC Distribution Panel ........................................... 6.7

12. Servicing The Main Distribution Panel ................... 6.7

A. To Replace A Faulty Component On The Main

Distribution Panel .......................................... 6.7

13. Generator .......................................................... 6.11

A. Generator Operation ..................................... 6.11

14. Shore Power .................................................... 6.11

A. Shore Power Cord ........................................ 6.11

B. Cablemaster ................................................ 6.11

C. Isolation Transformer .................................... 6.12

D. IsoBoost Transformer (Optional) ................... 6.12

E. Shore Power Breaker Box ............................ 6.13

F. Maintenance for Shore Power Cable Set &

Shore Power Inlets ....................................... 6.13

15. Battery Chargers ................................................ 6.13

A. Charging Characteristics .............................. 6.14

B. Charging Characteristics of the Bow Thruster

Battery Charger ........................................... 6.14

16. Halogen Lighting ................................................ 6.14

40 Motor Yacht ( 415 Motor Yacht)

40 MY O

WNER

’

S

M

ANUAL

• T

ABLE OF

C

ONTENTS

17. Ground Fault Interrupter Receptacle (GFI) ........... 6.15

A. International Receptacle ............................... 6.15

18. Electrolytic Corrosion and Zinc Anodes ............... 6.16

19. AC & DC Electrical Schematics

& Wiring Harnesses ............................................ 6.17

S

ECTION

7 • A

CCESSORIES AND

O

PTIONS

1. Layout and Accessories ......................................... 7.1

2. Carbon Monoxide Monitors ..................................... 7.1

A. Testing The CO Monitor .................................. 7.1

3. Air Conditioning & Heating ...................................... 7.1

A. To Start System ............................................. 7.2

4. Water System ....................................................... 7.3

A. Water tank ..................................................... 7.3

Filling The Water Tank .................................... 7.3

To Begin Initial Operation ................................ 7.3

Sanitizing The System .................................... 7.5

B. Water Pumps & Filters .................................. 7.5

C. Water System Pressurization ......................... 7.5

D. Water Distribution Manifold ............................. 7.6

E. Water Heater ................................................. 7.6

Initial Start-Up or After Winterization ................ 7.6

F. Fresh Water Washdown ................................. 7.7

G. Dockside Water Inlet ...................................... 7.7

To Use The System ........................................ 7.7

H. Transom Shower ............................................ 7.8

I. Gray Water Sump ........................................... 7.8

J. Gray Water Drain Lines ................................... 7.8

5. Head System ....................................................... 7.10

A. Requirement for Vessel Operators ................. 7.10

B. Vacu ® -Flush Head ........................................ 7.10

To Operate Vacu ® -Flush Head ................... 7.11

C. Holding tank Operation ................................. 7.11

Dockside Pump-Out ................................ 7.12

D. Vent Filter .................................................... 7.12

6. Macerator Discharge Pump with Seacock

Interlock System (Optional) .................... 7.12

To Operate the Macerator ....................... 7.12

Maintenance ........................................... 7.12

7. Communication System ....................................... 7.13

A. Dockside Telephone Hookup ........................ 7.13

To Connect Telephone System ................. 7.13

8. Entertainment Centers ......................................... 7.13

A. Salon Entertainment Center ......................... 7.13

B. Forward Stateroom Entertainment (Optional) . 7.13

C. Master Stateroom Entertainment .................. 7.13

D. Cockpit Entertainment .................................. 7.13

E. Satellite Radio (Optional) .............................. 7.13

F. Dockside Television Hookup .......................... 7.13

To Connect Cable Television ..................... 7.14

40 Motor Yacht ( 415 Motor Yacht)

G. TV Signal Selector ....................................... 7.14

9. Automatic Fire Extinquisher .................................. 7.14

A. Gasoline Engine Boats ................................ 7.14

B. Diesel Engine Boats .................................... 7.14

C. Manual Fire Extinguishing System ............... 7.15

D. Hand Held Extinguishers .............................. 7.16

10. Utility Room ....................................................... 7.16

11. Bow Thruster (Optional) ...................................... 7.16

12. Refrigerator/Freezer ............................................ 7.17

A. Cockpit Ice Maker ........................................ 7.17

13. Coffee Maker ..................................................... 7.17

14. Stove & Microwave ............................................. 7.18

A. Electric Stove ............................................... 7.18

B. Microwave/Convection Oven ......................... 7.18

15. Power Ventilation System .................................. 7.18

16. Central Vacuum System (Optional) ..................... 7.18

17. Washer & Dryer (Optional) ................................. 7.19

18. Shore Power ...................................................... 7.19

19. Expandable Salon Sofa ...................................... 7.19

20. Expandable Bunk ............................................... 7.20

21. Horn .................................................................. 7.20

22. Canvas .............................................................. 7.20

A. Care & Maintenance .................................... 7.20

B. Storage ........................................................ 7.20

C. Installation Tips ............................................ 7.20

23. Floor Plan .......................................................... 7.21

S

ECTION

8 • S

ERVICE

I

NFORMATION

1. Summary Guide For Inspection, Service and Maintenance ................................................ 8.1

2. Useful Service Information ...................................... 8.3

3. Inspection, Service and Maintenance Protocol ........ 8.4

A. Bilge Area ...................................................... 8.4

1. Oil .................................................................. 8.4

2. Engine ....................................................... 8.4

3. Fuel System ............................................... 8.4

4. Wiring System ........................................... 8.5

5. Fittings, Hoses and Clamps ........................ 8.5

B. Topside and Supplies ..................................... 8.5

4. Winterization Checklist for Boats Stored on Land .... 8.5

A. Boat Storage .................................................. 8.5

B. Engines ......................................................... 8.5

C. Battery(ies) .................................................... 8.5

D. Head System ................................................. 8.6

E. Water System ............................................... 8.6

F. Fuel System ................................................... 8.6

5. Fitting Out After Storage ......................................... 8.7

A. Fuel System .................................................. 8.7

B. Battery (ies) ................................................... 8.7

C. Miscellaneous ................................................ 8.7

ix

40 MY O

WNER

’

S

M

ANUAL

• T

ABLE OF

C

ONTENTS

6. Security Considerations ......................................... 8.7

7. Seacock Lubrication .............................................. 8.8

8. Engine Oil Change System .................................... 8.8

A. Gas ............................................................... 8.8

B. Diesel (Optional) ............................................ 8.8

9. Quick Reference Checklist ..................................... 8.9

A. Boarding the Boat .......................................... 8.9

General .......................................................... 8.9

Boat Systems ................................................ 8.9

Engine ........................................................... 8.9

B. Preparing to Depart and After Launching ....... 8.10

General ........................................................ 8.10

Engine ......................................................... 8.10

Starting the Engine ....................................... 8.10

C. While Underway ........................................... 8.11

General ........................................................ 8.11

Boat Systems .............................................. 8.11

Engine ......................................................... 8.11

D. Returning to Port .......................................... 8.11

General ........................................................ 8.11

Boat Systems .............................................. 8.11

Engine ......................................................... 8.11

E. Securing the Boat ........................................ 8.12

General ........................................................ 8.12

Boat Systems .............................................. 8.12

Engine ......................................................... 8.12

F. If the Engine Does Not Start .......................... 8.12

No Motor Response ...................................... 8.12

Starter Motor Responds, But No Ignition ........ 8.12

G. Operating the Generator ............................... 8.13

Starting the Generator ................................... 8.13

Stopping the generator .................................. 8.13

10. After Market Equipment Checklist ....................... 8.14

11. Maintenance Log ................................................ 8.15

S

ECTION

9 • C

ARE

& R

EFINISHING

1. Maintenance & Reconditioning .............................. 9.1

2. Paint Cleaning Agents & Other Substances ............ 9.1

3. Fiberglass & Gelcoat ............................................. 9.1

A. About Colored Gelcoats .................................. 9.1

B. Permanently Moored or Docked Boats ........... 9.2

C. Keep Bilge Area Dry ....................................... 9.2

4. Stains & Scratches ................................................ 9.2

5. Permanently Moored or Docked Boats ................... 9.2

6. Care For Bottom Paint ........................................... 9.2

7.Bilge/Engine Compartments .................................... 9.3

8. Topside Areas ........................................................ 9.3

A. Stainless Steel and Alloy Fittings .................... 9.3

B. Salt Crystals .................................................. 9.3

9. Gauge & Switch Panels ......................................... 9.3

10. Acrylic Plastic Sheeting (Plastic Glass) ................ 9.4

11. Canvas and Clear Vinyl ......................................... 9.4

12. Exterior Upholstery Fabric .................................... 9.4

13. Interior Upholstery Fabric ...................................... 9.4

x

Information in this publication is based upon the latest product specifications available at printing. Sea Ray ® Boats,

Inc. reserves the right to make changes at any time, without notice, in the colors, equipment, specifications, materials and prices of all models, or to discontinue models. Should changes in production models be made, Sea Ray ® is not obligated to make similar changes or modifications to models sold prior to the date of such changes.

40 Motor Yacht Owner’s Manual

Printed in the U.S.A - August, 2002

Revised February 2003

Revised May 2003, June 2004, June 2006

© Sea Ray Boats, Inc. • A Brunswick Company

MRP #1803495

The following are registered trademarks of the Brunswick Corporation: Sea Ray ® & The SR Wave Logo

40 Motor Yacht ( 415 Motor Yacht)

S

ECTION

1 • S

AFETY

Safe Boating Means:

• Knowing the limitations of your boat;

• Following the rules of the road;

• Keeping a sharp lookout for people and objects in the water;

• Not boating in water or weather conditions that are beyond the boat’s and the operator’s capability;

• Never go boating when the operator is under the influence of drugs or alcohol;

• Being aware of your passenger’s safety at all times; and

• Reducing speed when there is limited visibility, rough water, nearby people in the water, boats, or structures.

Boating in beautiful weather and calm water conditions can be a wonderful experience.

Pleasurable boating, however, requires considerably greater skills than operating a land vehicle. To obtain these skills, you must:

• Take a Coast Guard, U.S. Power Squadron or equivalent boating safety course. Call the Boat/

U.S. Foundation at 1-800-336-2628 for information on available courses.

• Get hands-on training on how to operate your boat properly.

In addition:

• Maintain your boat and its safety and other systems as recommended in this manual.

• Have the boat inspected by a qualified mechanic or dealer, at least annually.

• Ensure that the Coast Guard required safety equipment is on board and functions. (See page iv).

1. S

AFETY

L

ABELS

Safety precautions are given throughout this manual and labels are mounted at key locations throughout the boat. This safety information advises the owner/ operator and passengers of imperative safety precautions to follow when operating and/or servicing equipment.

• Figures 1.15.1 thru 1.19.1 show the location of the safety labels on your boat.

• Do not remove or obstruct any safety label.

• Replace any label which becomes illegible.

Replacement safety labels can be obtained by calling your dealer or Sea Ray at 1-800-

SRBOATS for information on how to contact the manufacturing facility for your boat.

The meaning associated with each of the four basic types of label is:

! DANGER

DANGER – Immediate hazards which WILL result in severe personal injury or death if the warning is ignored.

! WARNING

WARNING – Hazards or unsafe practices which

COULD result in severe personal injury or death if the warning is ignored.

! CAUTION

CAUTION – Hazards or unsafe practices which could result in minor injury or product or property damage if the warning is ignored.

NOTICE

Information which is important to proper operation or maintenance, but is not hazard-related.

40 Motor Yacht ( 415 Motor Yacht) 1.1

S

ECTION

1 • S

AFETY

2. L

EGALLY

M

ANDATED

M

INIMUM

R

EQUIRED

E

QUIPMENT

Consult your national boating law enforcement agency.

The following equipment is the minimum required by the U.S. Coast Guard for a boat from 26’ to less than 40’ [7.9 meters to less than 12.2 meters] in length.

Personal Flotation Devices (PFD’s): One Coast

Guard approved Type I, II or III device is mandatory for each person aboard. One throwable Type IV device is also required to be on board. A Type V device is acceptable if worn for approved use. See

Page 1.4 for a description of these PFD classifications. Always wear a PFD when boating.

NOTICE

PFD REQUIREMENTS DIFFER

Depending on the state or country of operation the operator of a vessel may be fined for failure to comply with local or national rules regarding PFD usage.

Fire Extinguisher - Portable: With a fixed fire extinguishing system installed in the engine and generator spaces, the American Boat and Yacht

Council (ABYC) recommends that you have three

(3) Type B-I ABC fire extinguishers on board, one each located at the helm station and outside the engine compartment and in the galley.

Whistle, Horn: You must have on board some means of making a loud sound signal, for example, whistle or horn.

Visual Distress Signals: If you operate your boat in coastal waters or on the Great Lakes, you must have visual distress signals for day and night use on board. At least three (3) U.S. Coast Guard approved pyrotechnic devices marked with date showing service life must be carried, be readily accessible, in serviceable condition and not expired.

Store pyrotechnic signals in a well-marked waterproof container in a dry location.

1.2

Other: Your Sea Ray is equipped with the required navigation lights, engine exhaust and ventilation systems.

3. F

IRE

E

XTINGUISHING

S

YSTEM

Your boat is equipped with an automatic fire extinguisher system. Located in the engine compartment. In the event of a fire, the heat sensitive automatic head in the engine compartment will release a fire-extinguishing vapor, totally flooding the area.

The dashboard contains an indicator light for the automatic fire extinguishing system. The light will be ON when the ignition is on and indicates that the system is ready. If the light goes out while the ignition is on, the system has discharged.

WHEN DISCHARGE OCCURS, IMMEDIATELY

SHUT DOWN ALL ENGINES, POWERED

VENTILATION, ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS AND

EXTINGUISH ALL SMOKING MATERIALS. DO

NOT IMMEDIATELY OPEN THE ENGINE

COMPARTMENT!! THIS FEEDS OXYGEN TO THE

FIRE AND THE FIRE COULD RESTART.

Wait at least fifteen (15) minutes before opening the engine compar tment. This permits the fireextinguishing vapor to “soak” the compartment long enough for hot metals and fuels to cool. Have portable extinguishers at hand and ready to use in case the fire reignites. Do not breathe fumes or vapors caused by the fire.

4. C

ARBON

M

ONOXIDE

! DANGER

Fumes from engine, generators, and other equipment and appliances using burning fuel contain carbon monxide.

Carbon Monoxide can kill you.

Open all doors, curtains, windows, and hatches to let fresh air circulate, when running engine, generator or burning any fuel when boat is anchored, moored or docked.

40 Motor Yacht ( 415 Motor Yacht)

S

ECTION

1 • S

AFETY

! DANGER

Even in rainy cold weather ventilation must be maintained to avoid Carbon Monoxide poisoning. You will get wet and/or cold.

• fumes move from the rear of the boat into the cockpit and cabin area.

Figure 1.3.1 gives examples of boat operating conditions that can lead to high concentrations of carbon monoxide gas.

! DANGER

Sleeping on boat requires an operating Carbon

Monoxide detection system in each sleeping location.

Symptoms of carbon monoxide poisoning are dizziness, ears ringing, headaches, nausea and unconsciousness. A poisoning victim’s skin often turns cherry red. Because carbon monoxide gas

(CO) is odorless, colorless and tasteless, it is unlikely to be noticed until a person is overcome.

Dangerous concentrations of carbon monoxide will be present if:

• the engine and/or generator exhaust systems leak;

• insufficient fresh air is circulating where people are present; and

To minimize the danger of CO accumulation when the engine and/or generator are running, or using burning fuel applications.

• Be sure to have sufficient ventilation when using canvas or window-type side curtains when underway, anchored, moored or docked.

• If the convertible top is installed, operate with the forward hatch open and leave cabin door open.

• Operate all burning fuel appliances, such as charcoal, propane, LPG, CNG or alcohol cooking devices in areas where fresh air can circulate. Do not use such devices where there is no noticeable air movement, especially in the cabin, when anchored, moored or docked.

E

XAMPLES

O

F

H

OW

H

IGH

L

EVELS

O

F

C

ARBON

M

ONOXIDE

M

AY

A

CCUMULATE

(F

IG

. 1.3.1)

BLOCKED HULL EXHAUSTS. OPERATING AT

SLOW SPEED OR RUNNING ENGINES WHILE

MOORED OR DOCKED.

I

LLUSTRATION

#A

OPERATING ENGINE AND/OR GENERATOR

IN CONFINED SPACES.

I

LLUSTRATION

#D

USING CANVAS CURTAINS WITHOUT

PROPER AIRFLOW.

I

LLUSTRATION

#B

OPERATING WITH THE BOW HIGH.

I

LLUSTRATION

#E

WINDS BLOWING EXHAUST TOWARD

BOAT OCCUPANTS.

40 Motor Yacht ( 415 Motor Yacht)

I

LLUSTRATION

#C

GOOD VENTILATION WITH PROPER AIR FLOW.

I

LLUSTRATION

#F

1.3

S

ECTION

1 • S

AFETY

• Do not idle engine without moving boat for more than 15 minutes at a time.

• Inspect the exhaust system regularly. (See

Section 8, Required Inspection, Service and

Maintenance.

If CO poisoning is suspected, have the victim breath fresh air deeply. If breathing stops, resuscitate. A victim often revives, then relapses because organs are damaged by lack of oxygen. Seek immediate medical attention.

children and nonswimmers must wear PFDs at all times when aboard. It is common sense to have everyone on board wearing PFDs. A throwable device must also be right at hand and ready to toss.

A. PFD C

LASSIFICATIONS

Off-Shore Life Jacket (Type I) – most buoyant, it is designed to turn an unconscious person face up; used in all types of waters where rescue may be slow, particularly in cold or rough conditions.

A. C

ARBON

M

ONOXIDE

M

ONITOR

Your boat has carbon monoxide (CO) monitors mounted throughout the boat . The CO monitor is an electronic instrument that detects CO. When there is a buildup of CO, the monitor will alert the occupants by a flashing DANGER light and alarm.

The CO monitor is wired through a breaker on the

DC distribution panel.

Near-Shore Life Vest (Type II) –

“keyhole” vest with flotation-filled head and neck support is also designed to turn a person face up, but the turning action is not as pronounced; used in calm, inland waters or where quick rescue is likely.

It is extremely important that you become totally familiar with your CO monitor and its functions.

Read and understand the CO monitor information and operating instructions located in your Owner’s

Manual Packet.

Flotation Aid (Type III) – vest is designed so conscious wearers can turn face up; often designed for comfort while engaged in sports such as skiing.

(F

IG

. 1.4.1)

(F

IG

. 1.4.2)

(F

IG

. 1.4.3)

5. L

IFESAVING

E

QUIPMENT

Even strong swimmers can tire quickly in the water and drown due to exhaustion, hypothermia, or both.

The buoyancy provided by a personal flotation device (PFD) will allow the person who has fallen overboard to remain afloat with far less effort and heat loss, extending survival time necessary to find and retrieve them.

Throwable Devices (Type IV) – horseshoe buoys, ring buoys and buoyant cushions are designed to be grasped, not worn.

(F

IG

. 1.4.4

Boat operators are required to carry one wearable personal flotation device (Type I,II,III or V) for every person on board. Boats must also have at least one throwable device (Type IV).

The law requires that PFD’s must be readily accessible, if not worn. “Readily accessible” means removed from storage bags and unbuckled. But,

Special-Use Devices (Type V) – sailboat harnesses, white-water vests, float coats, and hybrid vests which have minimum inherent buoyancy and an inflatable chamber.

(F

IG

. 1.4.5)

1.4

40 Motor Yacht ( 415 Motor Yacht)

S

ECTION

1 • S

AFETY

Before purchasing PFDs, ensure that there is an attached tag indicating they are approved by the

U.S. Coast Guard or by your national boating law enforcement agency.

Children and nonswimmers must wear PFDs at

all times when aboard. All passengers and crew should wear them. A loose PFD is often useless in an emergency.

The operator is responsible for instructing everyone aboard on the location and use of PFDs.

Size PFDs for the wearer. Children require special attention in the use of PFDs.

Test PFD buoyancy at least once a year.

6. A

DDITIONAL

R

ECOMMENDED

E

QUIPMENT FOR

S

AFE

O

PERATION

In addition to legally mandated equipment, the following items are necessary for safe boating, especially if your boat is out of sight of land.

• First aid kit

• Visual distress signals for day and night use

(required in some areas; consult local regulations)

• Charts of your intended cruising area

• Compass

• GPS or Loran position locating devices

• Marine VHF radio with weather channels

• Emergency Position-Indicating Radio Beacon

(EPIRB)

• Manual bilge pump

• Moisture repellant

• Anchors, chain and line (The anchors must be properly sized for your boat. Ask your dealer or marine supply store for recommendations).

• Mooring lines

• Fenders

• Boat hook

40 Motor Yacht ( 415 Motor Yacht)

• Waterproof flashlight(s)

• Extra batteries for flashlights and portable electronic devices

• High power spotlight, if you intend to boat at night

• Spare keys

• Instruction manuals for engine and accessories

• Lubricating oil

• Tool kit:

- Assorted screwdrivers (Phillips and flat blade)

- Pliers (regular, vise-grip, and tongue & groove)

- Wrenches (box, open-end, allen, adjustable)

- Socket set (metric or U.S. Standard as

appropriate)

- Electrical tape and duct tape

- Hammer

- Utility Knife

• Spare parts kit (spark plugs, fuses, hose clamps and ask your dealer to recommend other parts)

• Extra propeller

7. I

MPAIRED

O

PERATION

Drugs and/or alcohol will prevent you from operating your boat safely. This single factor is involved in more marine accidents and deaths than any other. The detrimental effects of alcohol and drugs are increased by the wind, waves and sun, quickly impairing your ability to react properly and promptly in an emergency.

! WARNING

Drugs and/or alcohol impair the operator’s ability to control the boat safely.

Death or serious injury can result from improper boat operation.

8. L

OAD

C

APACITY

The certification plate (See fig. 1.6.1) located near the helm indicates maximum weight and number of persons your boat can handle under calm sea conditions. Do not exceed the load capacities

stated. The number of people on board must be

1.5

S

ECTION

1 • S

AFETY reduced if you go out in poor weather and rough water.

The information present on the certification plate does not relieve the operator from responsibility. Use common sense and sound judgement when placing equipment and/or passengers in your boat.

B

UILDER

’

S

P

LATE

(F

IG

. 1.6.1)

BOAT MANUFACTURER

0609

DESIGN

CATEGORY

MFR’S MODEL

DESIGNATION

Sea Ray Boats

40 MY

15 1,815

MAXIMUM NUMBER

OF PASSENGERS

MAXIMUM LOAD

CAPACITY

! WARNING

When engine is running, keep passengers away from areas not designed for riding, such as seat backs, bow, gunwales, transom platform, swim platform, front and rear decks and on sun pads.

Passengers can fall overboard if not seated properly on the seats provided.

! DANGER

Never carry more weight or passengers than indicated on the certification plate, regardless of weather or water conditions.

The boat can capsize, swamp or sink.

• Do not load to capacity in poor weather or rough water.

• The number of seats does not indicate how many people a boat can carry in poor weather and rough water.

1.6

• Above idle speed, all passengers must be seated on the seats provided.

9. P

OWER

C

APACITY

The engine options available for your boat have been selected as the best suited for general use for this size boat. Do not install an engine larger than the largest option available. Your boat will be difficult to handle and will be less stable.

Your Sea Ray ® has been equipped with a propeller which our tests have shown to be the best suited for general use with our engine under normal conditions and load. Do not change the pitch of your propeller without getting your dealer’s recommendations first. If you change to a different propeller pitch, under no circumstances use a propeller which allows the engine to operate at

higher than recommended RPM. (your engine manual specifies the maximum recommeded

(RPM).

To maintain rated power, propellers should be free of nicks, excessive pitting and any distortions that alter them from their original design. Badly damaged propellers should be replaced, but those that are chipped, bent or merely out of shape can be reconditioned by your marine dealer.

It is advisable to carry an extra propeller aboard in case you damage the one in use.

10. S

TABILITY

Your boat was manufactured to specific stability and flotation standards for the capacity shown on the cer tification plate. Any increase from the

! WARNING

Distribute passengers and gear as uniformly as possible from front to rear and left to right.

The manufacturer’s load rating is the maximum allowed under calm conditions.

Reduce boat loading if weather, water or other conditions are adverse.

40 Motor Yacht ( 415 Motor Yacht)

S

ECTION

1 • S

AFETY recommended load capacities will put your boat in jeopardy of capsizing, swamping and/or sinking.

I

N ADDITION

:

• Stability may be substantially reduced if equipment is added above the deck.

• Stability is substantially reduced by loose fluids or weight within the hull. Keep bilge area as dry as possible, and close all openings, hatches and windows in rough weather.

11. M

AINTAIN

C

ONTROL

On the water there are no marked traffic lanes, no traffic signs or lights, and boats have no turn signals.

The boat operator must keep his or her attention focused not only on what’s ahead but what’s on the left, right and behind the boat.

The operator must always be alert to approaching boats (from the rear, right and left sides, as well as those ahead). There can be people in the water, partially submerged debris, and other navigational hazards such as rocks, sand bars and dangerous currents, to name a few.

Your passengers are relying on you to operate and maneuver the boat safely so that they are not in danger of going overboard. If you turn to quickly, increase or decrease speed abruptly, your passengers are at risk of being thrown overboard or thrown about the boat.

When visibility becomes impaired because of weather, time of day or high bow angle you must slow down so that you have sufficient time to react if an emergency occurs. Nearby boats face similar risks in avoiding a collision with you.

• Instruct passengers on location and use of safety equipment and procedures.

• Instruct passengers on the fundamentals of operating your boat in case you are unable to do so.

• You are responsible for passenger’s actions. If they place themselves or the boat in danger, immediately correct them.

Observe the safety rules listed below.

! WARNING

Death or serious injury can result if you fail to observe these safety rules:

• Anyone who controls the boat must have taken a boating safety course and have trained in the proper operation of the boat.

• Always operate the boat at speeds that will not put people or property in danger.

• Be constantly aware of conditions in all directions when underway and before turning.

• Reduce speed, use a lookout to identify possible hazards or difficulties, and turn on navigation lights when:

- visibility is impaired;

- in rough water; and

- in congested waterways.

• Watch your wake. It can capsize a small boat or damage moored boats or other property. You are responsible for damage caused by your wake.

A. G

ENERAL

C

ONSIDERATIONS

• Know how your boat handles under different conditions. Recognize your limitations and the boat’s limitations. Modify speed in keeping with weather, sea and traffic conditions.

40 Motor Yacht ( 415 Motor Yacht)

12. W

EATHER

There are four design categories of boats based upon their ability to withstand wind and sea or water conditions. Your boat rating is displayed on the builders plate located near the helm. Do not operate your boat beyond the conditions listed for your boats rating.

1.7

S

ECTION

1 • S

AFETY

A. Ocean

Wind speed: above 40 knots (46 mph)

Wave height: above 4 meters (13 feet)

Boat may be used for extended ocean voyages.

B. Offshore

Maximum wind speed: 40 knots (46 mph)

Maximum wave height: 4 meters (13 feet)

Boat can be used offshore, but not for extended ocean voyages.

C. Inshore

Maximum wind speed: 27 knots (31 mph)

Maximum wave height: 2 meters (6.5 feet)

Boat use is limited to caostal waters, large bays, estuaries, lakes and rivers.

D. Sheltered waters

Maximum wind speed: 15 knots (18 mph)

Maximum wave height: 0.5 meters (1.5 feet)

Boat use is limited to small lakes, rivers and canals.

Your 40 MY is Design Category B.

The wind speed and wave height specified as the upper limit for your category of boat does not mean that you or your passengers can survive if your boat is exposed to these conditions. It is only the most experienced operators and crew that may be able to operate a boat safely under these conditions. You must always be aware of weather conditions and head for port or protected waters in sufficient time to avoid being caught in high winds and rough water.

Do not take chances!

information, or listen to the NOAA weather reports for the latest weather conditions or any impending deterioration of the weather before setting out and while underway. Following are a few basic weatherrelated rules:

• Check the weather forecast and the water conditions before leaving and while underway.

• A sudden change in wind direction or speed or an increase in wave height indicates deteriorating weather.

• Have everyone wear a personal flotation device.

• If a storm approaches, immediately seek a safe harbor.

• If a storm hits, have everyone sit in the cabin or on the cockpit deck in the boat. head the bow into the wind with enough power to maintain slow headway.

• If you encounter fog, determine your position, set a safe course, slow down and alert other boats of your presence with a sound signal.

• If a lightning storm approaches, the safest action is to dock and disembark. If you cannot return to shore, have passengers go inside the cabin and remain there until the storm passes.

• Lightning seeks a ground when it strikes. The best protection is a properly grounded lightning rod placed high enough over the deck to provide a protective umbrella over the hull. Depending upon the likelyhood of your being in a lightning storm, consult your dealer for installation of a lightning rod. Stay clear of the lightning rod, all attached wiring and all metal parts of the boat.

! DANGER

DO NOT ATTEMPT TO BOAT IN

SEVERE WEATHER CONDITIONS

DEATH OR SERIOUS INJURY CAN OCCUR

GET TO SHORE BEFORE

THE WEATHER TURNS BAD

Getting caught in severe weather is hazardous. Bad weather and/or rough sea or water conditions can cause an unsafe situation. Consult local weather

1.8

! WARNING

Hitting an object in or under the water or boating in dangerous currents can cause serious injury or death to boat occupants.

You must know where the hazards are and avoid them.

In uncharted waters, boat very slowly and post a lookout.

40 Motor Yacht ( 415 Motor Yacht)

S

ECTION

1 • S

AFETY

• Stay out of the water during a lightning storm. If caught swimming during a storm, get back into the boat and remain there until the storm passes.

13. C

HART

Y

OUR

C

OURSE

To avoid boating in unsafe areas where there are underwater obstructions, shallow water, unnavigable conditions such as dangerous currents, and others,

you must chart a course. This means having and using the National Oceanic and Atmospheric

Administration (NOAA) charts for coastal waters, observing and understanding all navigational aids, using the knowledge and guidance of experienced boaters, and being aware of the tide times where appropriate.

! WARNING

Shut engine off if an object is struck or if you run aground.

Check for hull leaks and drive line damage, before restarting engines.

Use hand pump if bilge pumps don’t remove water.

Boat very slowly, if you must proceed with a damaged drive line.

If you are in an unfamiliar area without knowledge of the hazards, proceed very slowly and have someone watch for hazards.

Let others know where you are going. A float plan describes your intended cruising course and itinerary, boat description, and your expected time and date of return.Give the float plan to a friend or relative, so they can give the information to a national boat agency, like the U.S. Coast Guard, in the event you fail to return.

• Many localities prohibit swimming from boats except in designated areas.

• Make sure boat’s engines are turned off before allowing people to swim anywhere near your boat. Shut the engine OFF and remove the key from the ignition switch so that nobody will accidentally start the engine while swimmers are nearby.

• Turn off engines when taking swimmers or skiers aboard or when they are entering the water.

Never permit use of the transom or swim platform while engines are running.

• Slow down and look for swimmers or skiers when cruising in an area where there might be persons in the water.

B. S

KIING

While it is unlikely that anyone would ski behind your 40 MY, it is advised that you become familiar with water skiing safety and hand signals. You will, on occasion, find yourself in the vicinity of water skiing activity.

• Anyone who water skis must know how to swim.

• Never drive the boat directly behind a water skier. At 22 knots (25 m.p.h.), it takes only 5 seconds to overtake a fallen skier who was 60 meters (200 feet) in front.

S

KIING

S

IGNALS

(F

IG

. 1.9.1)

14. W

ATER

S

PORTS

A. S

WIMMING

• Do not permit anyone to swim from a moving boat, or a boat with an engine running.

GO SLOWER

40 Motor Yacht ( 415 Motor Yacht) 1.9

S

ECTION

1 • S

AFETY

• Keep a downed skier in sight and on the operator’s side of the boat when approaching the skier. Never back up to anyone in the water.

• Learn the signals to communicate with a skier.

The skier is to control the boat through hand signals (Fig. 1.9.1).

Turn – Arm raised, circle with index finger extended.

Skier in Water – Extend one ski vertically out of water.

Back to Dock – Pat top of head.

Cut Motor – Draw finger across throat.

Slow Down – Thumb pointed down or palm down, move hand up and down.

Faster – Thumb pointed up or palm up, move hand up and down.

OK – Raise arm and form a circle with thumb and index finger.

Stop – Raise arm with palm vertical and facing forward.

Turn Right – Extend arm out from body to the right.

Turn Left – Extend arm out from body to the left.

OK After a Fall – Clasp hands together overhead.

• If the skier suddenly releases the tow rope, it can backlash into cockpit. Spotters who are watching the skier must be aware of this fact and be prepared to deflect the rope by hand to avoid injury.

C. D

IVING

• Recognize and respect diving flags (Fig. 1.10.1).

Keep at least 30 meters (100 feet) away.

Sport Divers Flag – Red flag with diagonal white stripe marks a diver in the water.

Code Alpha Flag – Blue and white pennant designates boat being used in dive operations.

D

IVERS

F

LAGS

(F

IG

. 1.10.1)

RED

WHITE

BLUE

WHITE

I

N

G

ENERAL

When engaged in water sports, be safe and courteous to others sharing the water:

• Be considerate to fishermen.

• Do not water ski in congested areas.

• Keep the boat and skier away from navigation markers.

• Stay well clear of other boats and skiers.

ASSISTING OTHER BOATERS

All boaters have a legal obligation to help other boaters who are in distress, as long as rendering assistance does not endanger you, your passengers or your boat.

15. E

SPORT DIVER’S

FLAG

MERGENCY

S

CODE ALPHA

FLAG

ITUATIONS

Prevention is the safest approach. We hope that you are never involved in an emergency situation.

If you are involved in an emergency situation, it is imperative that you know how to react, in order to protect the lives in your care.

A. M

EDICAL

E

MERGENCY

You may be far from professional medical help when you are boating. At least two people on board your boat should be CPR certified, and should have taken a first aid course. Equip your boat with a first aid kit.

1.10

40 Motor Yacht ( 415 Motor Yacht)

S

ECTION

1 • S

AFETY

B. W

ATER

R

ESCUE

A person who has fallen overboard will die from hypothermia in water temperatures below 70 o F if not rescued quickly. Water rescue consists of three steps: returning to the victim, making contact with the victim, and getting the victim back on board.

R

ETURNING TO THE VICTIM

• Immediately make everyone aware of the incident and keep the victim in sight.

• Slow the boat and keep pointing toward the person overboard. At night, direct the best available light source at the person.

• Throw a life preserver, even if the person is wearing a PFD. It will serve as another marker.

M

AKING

C

ONTACT

• Stop or slow the boat and circle toward the victim.

• Try to approach heading into the wind or into the waves.

• Keep the victim constantly in sight.

• When almost alongside, stop the engine in gear to prevent propeller “windmilling.”

G

ETTING

B

ACK

A

BOARD

• Try to reach the victim with a pole, or by throwing a life preserver. Do not swim to rescue the victim, except as a last resort.

• Assist the person in boarding the boat. The person should normally be brought in over the stern.

• If the person is injured or cannot get into the boat, a rescuer should put on a PFD with a safety line attached to the boat and enter the water to assist the victim.

• Handle the victim with care. Spinal injuries may have occurred.

C. F

IRE

Fire is a serious boating hazard. Boats will burn quickly. Do not remain on board and fight a fire for more than a few minutes. If the fire cannot be extinguished within a few minutes, abandon the boat.

Have fire extinguishers handy. A small fire can be extinguished quickly with the right size and type of fire extinguisher.

• Extinguish smoking materials, shut off blowers, stoves, engines and generators.

• Throw burning materials overboard, if possible.

• If the fire is accessible, empty the contents of fire extinguishers at the base of the fire.

• If the fire is in the engine compartment and you have an automatic extinguisher for the engine, wait 15 minutes before opening the compartment. Have a portable extinguisher ready in case the fire flares up.

• Signal for help.

• Grab distress signals and survival gear. Put on

PFDs. Prepare to abandon ship.

D. F

LOODING

, S

WAMPING AND

C

APSIZING

In the event of flooding, swamping or capsizing:

• Try to shut off engines, generators and blowers, before leaving the boat.

• Have everyone put on Personal Flotation

Devices (PFD’s).

• Account for all who were on board.

• If the boat is floating stay with the boat. Hang on, or climb on the boat and signal for help.

• Only as a last resort should you attempt to swim to shore - it is further away than it looks and you can tire and drown.

40 Motor Yacht ( 415 Motor Yacht) 1.11

S

ECTION

1 • S

AFETY

E. C

OLLISIONS AND

L

EAKING

In the event of collision and leaking:

• Slow down or stop to reduce water intake, unless maintaining speed will keep the hole above water.

• Switch on bilge pumps.

• Account for everyone on board and check for injurys.

• Have everyone put on PFDs.

• Stay with the boat.

• Signal for help.

• If a leak patch is attempted, it should be done from the outside.

• In the event of a collision, you are required to file an accident repor t. Contact a state enforcement agency or the nearest Coast Guard office. If you are boating outside of U.S. waters, consult the nation you are visiting for accident reporting requirements.

F. G

ROUNDING

In the event of running aground:

• Check for leaks. If water is coming in, stop the intake of water before attempting to get the boat free.

• Inspect for damage to the hull, propulsion and steering systems.

• Determine if the tide, wind and current will drive the boat harder aground or will help to free it.

• Determine the water depth all around the boat, and the type of bottom (sand, mud, rocks, etc.).

If it can be done without exposing persons to risk of injury, the boat should be moved away from hard obstructions and toward open water with soft ground.

• Do not attempt to have your boat towed by other than a trained and competent service, such as the Coast Guard or a salvage company.

Recreational craft are not designed to tow other recreational craft.

G. P

ROPULSION

, C

ONTROL OR

S

TEERING

F

AILURE

:

If the drive train fails, or controls or steering do not respond properly at all:

• Shut off engine.

• Put out the anchor to prevent drifting.

• Determine whether or not you can repair the problem yourself. See the proper manuals for assistance in troubleshooting the engine, steering and engine controls.

• If you are not sure you can fix the problem, or if conditions are adverse, signal for help.

16. S

AFETY

H

OTLINES

The safety information in the preceeding pages gives only the general areas of concern for boating safety. It is not intended to be, nor can it be, exhaustive. You must take a boating safety course, and get hands-on instruction in the proper and safe operation of your boat from experienced persons before cruising.

The U.S Coast Guard offers many pamphlets on safety and other information not covered in this book.

Contact your local Coast Guard unit or call the tollfree safety hotlines below for information.

• U.S. Coast Guard 1-800-368-5647

• Canadian Coast Guard 1-800-267-6687

In other countries, ask your marine dealer for information on how to contact the national boating law enforcement agency.

40 Motor Yacht ( 415 Motor Yacht)

1.12

S

ECTION

1 • S

AFETY

17. I

NTERNATIONAL

R

EQUIREMENTS

This vessel and its systems have been constructed in accordance with standards and specifications in effect at the time of manufacture as published by the various regulatory authorities listed below.

1. Ministere De La Mer - France

2. Registro Italiano Navale - Italy

3. Det Norske Veritas - Norway

4. Securite des Nauires - Canada

5. J.C.I. (Japan Craft Inspection) - Japan

6. N.K.K. (Nippon Kaiji Kyokai) - Japan

7. B.S.I. (British Standards Institute) - England

8. Ministerio Obras Publicas Y Transportes - Spain

9. EC Recreational Craft Directive - European

Community.

Further information concerning these requirements may be obtained from Sea Ray ® Customer Service:

1-800-SRBOATS.

18. N

AUTICAL

T

ERMS

Abeam – object 90 degrees to center line on either side of boat.

Abaft – a point on a boat that is aft of another.

Aft – toward the rear or stern of the boat.

Beam – the width of a boat.

Bow – the fore part of a boat.

Bow Eye – Bolt with looped head mounted on extreme forward part of bow.

Bulkhead – vertical partition in a boat.

Chine – meeting juncture of side and bottom of boat.

Chock – deck fitting, used as guides for mooring or anchor lines. Also, a wedge to stop wheels from rolling.

Cleat – deck fitting with arms or horns on which lines may be made fast.

Cockpit – an open space from which a boat is operated.

Deck – upper structure which covers the hull between gunwales.

40 Motor Yacht ( 415 Motor Yacht)

Draft – depth of water required to float boat and its propulsion system.

Fathom – six feet.

Fenders – rope or plastic pieces hung over the side to protect the hull from chafing.

Freeboard – height of exposed hull from water line to deck.

Ground tackle – general term referring to anchors, anchor lines, etc.

Gunwale (pronounced gun’l) – meeting juncture of hull and deck.

Hatch – an opening in deck to provide access below.

Head – toilet or toilet area in a boat.

Headroom – vertical distance between the deck and cabin or canopy top.

Helm – steering console.

Hull – the basic part of a boat that provides buoyancy to float the weight of the craft and its load.

Keel – the major longitudinal member of a hull; the lowest external portion of a boat.

Knot – unit of speed in nautical miles per hour.

Lee – the side that is sheltered from the wind.

PFD – Personal Flotation Device; life preserver.

Port – term designating left side of the boat.

Rudder – Movable fixture at the stern used for steering.

Scupper – hole permitting water to drain overboard from deck or cockpit.

Sheer – curve or sweep of the deck as viewed from the side.

Snub – to check or tighten a line suddenly.

Starboard – term designating right side of the boat

Stern – the aft end of a boat.

Stern drive – outboard unit of an inboard/outboard

(I/O) engine installation.

Stringer – longitudinal members fastened inside the hull for additional structural strength.

Transom – transverse part of stern.

Wake – disturbed water that a boat leaves behind as a result of forward motion.

Windward – toward the direction from which the wind is blowing.

1.13

S

ECTION

1 • S

AFETY

19. E

NVIRONMENTAL

C

ONSIDERATIONS

The following warning is offered for boats sold in the State of California in accordance with California

Health & Safety Code

◊◊

25249.5-.13:

! WARNING

A wide variety of components used on this vessel contain or emit chemicals known to the State of

California to cause cancer and birth defects and other reproductive harm.

EXAMPLES INCLUDE:

• Engine and generator exhaust

• Engine and generator fuel, and other liquids such as coolants and oil, especially used motor oil

• Cooking fuels

• Cleaners, paints, and substances used for vessel repair

• Waste materials that result from wear of vessel components

• Lead from battery terminals and from other sources such as ballast or fishing sinkers

Fill tank(s) less than rated capacity. Allow for fuel expansion.

B. W

ASTE

D

ISPOSAL

• Many areas prohibit overboard sewer discharge.

Close and disable flow-through waste systems to prevent discharge in such areas.

• Bag all refuse until it can be disposed of ashore.

Regulations prohibit disposal of plastic anywhere in the marine environment and restrict other garbage disposal within specified distances from shore.

NOTICE

• There is a possibility of being fined for having an operable direct overboard discharge of waste in some waters. Removing seacock handle, in closed position, or other means must be used to avoid fine.

• It is illegal for any vessel to dump plastic trash anywhere in the ocean or navigable waters of the

United States.

TO AVOID HARM:

• Keep away from engine, generator, and cooking fuel exhaust fumes.

A. F

UEL

& O

IL

S

PILLAGE

Regulations prohibit discharging fuel or oily waste in navigable waters. Discharge is defined as any action which causes a film, sheen or discoloration on the water surface, or causes a sludge or emulsion beneath the water surface. A common violation is bilge discharge. Use rags or sponges to soak up fuel or oily waste, then dispose of it properly ashore. If there is much fuel or oil in the bilge, contact a knowledgeable marine service to remove it. Never pump contaminated bilge overboard. Help protect your waters.

The Coast Guard is requiring any ocean-going boats 40 feet or larger to have a written “waste management” plan on board. While the requirement is aimed at commercial and passenger ships, there is no exception for recreational boats. “Ocean-going” means any boat going beyond the three-mile coastal U.S.

boundary. The written plan can be as simple as:

All vessel refuse is placed in trash bags which are stored on board until they can be disposed of in dumpsters on shore. This policy is reviewed by all crew and passengers. The person in charge of carrying out the plan is:

Name:

! CAUTION

FOR BOATS WITH VACUFLUSH ® HEADS ONLY

Do not place facial tissues, paper towels or sanitary napkins in head. Such material can damage the waste disposal system and the environment.

1.14

40 Motor Yacht ( 415 Motor Yacht)

S

ECTION

1 • S

AFETY

C. E

XCESSIVE

N

OISE

Many areas regulate noise limits. Even if there are no laws, courtesy demands that boats operate quietly.

D. W

AKE

/ W

ASH

! WARNING

SPEED HAZARD - Watch your wake. It might capsize a small craft. You are responisble for damage caused by your wake.

Power boat wakes can endanger people and vessels. Each power boat operator is responsible for injury or damage caused by the boat’s wake.

Be especially careful in confined areas such as channels or marinas. Observe “no wake” warnings.

! CAUTION

Reduce speed in congested waterway.

Be alert for No Wake markers.

40 Motor Yacht ( 415 Motor Yacht) 1.15

1.16

S

ECTION

1 • S

AFETY

20. 40 MY W

ARNING

L

ABEL

L

OCATIONS

Save Our Seas

It is illegal to dump plastic trash anywhere into the ocean or navigable waters of the

United States. Violation of these requirements may result in civil penalty up to

$25,000, a fine of $50,000 and imprisonment for up to five years.

PLASTIC - Includes but is not limited to: plastic bags, styrofoam cups and lids, sixpack holders, stirrers, straws, milk jugs, egg cartons, synthetic fishing nets, ropes, lines, and bio or photo degradable plastics.

GARBAGE - Means paper, rags, glass, metal, crockery

(generated in living spaces aboard the vessel-what we normally call trash), and all kinds of food, maintenance and cargo-associated waste.

“Garbage” does not include fresh fish or fish parts, dishwater, and gray water.

INSIDE 3 MILES

(and in U.S. Lakes, Rivers,

Bays and Sounds)

PLASTICS

DUNNAGE, LINING AND PACKING

MATERIALS THAT FLOAT

ANY GARBAGE EXCEPT DISHWATER/

GRAYWATER/FRESH FISH PARTS

3 TO 12 MILES

PLASTICS

DUNNAGE, LINNING AND PACKING

MATERIALS THAT FLOAT

ANY GARBAGE NOT GROUND TO LESS

THAN ONE SQUARE INCH

DUNNAGE- Material used to block and brace cargo, and is considered a cargo associated waste.

DISHWATER- Means the liquid residue from the manual or automatic washing of dishes and cooking utensils which, have been pre-cleaned to the extent that any food particles adhering to them would not normally interfere with the operation of automatic dishwashers.

12 TO 25 MILES

PLASTICS

DUNNAGE, LINING AND PACKING

MATERIALS THAT FLOAT

12 TO 25 MILES

PLASTICS

GRAYWATER - Means drainage from a dishwasher, shower, laundry, bath, and washbasin, and does not include drainage from toilets, urinals, hospitals, and cargo spaces.

BEHIND CABINET DOOR

COCKPIT WET BAR

40 Motor Yacht ( 415 Motor Yacht)

40 MY Warning Label Locations

W

ARNING

L

ABEL

L

OCATIONS

(F

IG

. 1.17.1)

STAINLESS STEEL SLIDING SWIM LADDERS

SUGGESTED CARE & MAINTENANCE

AFTER EACH USE:

Fully extend ladder and thoroughly rinse all ladder and slide surfaces with fresh water. Pay special attention to flushing any debris and salt water from the slide areas.

MONTHLY:

Examine the ladder slide grooves and remove any foreign particles lodged within the grooves.

Wash entire ladder, uning ONLY a clean, soft cloth, and mild soap solution. Rinse thoroughly with fresh water. To prevent damage NEVER

USE ABRASIVES or ABRASIVE CLEANERS!

Allow ladder to dry after washing. Apply a light coating of spray lubricant or clear silicone grease to the slide areas ONLY. Work ladder back and forth to assure distribution of lubricant and ease of operation.

CAUTION - TO PREVENT THE POSSIBILITY OF PERSONAL INJURY,

ENSURE THAT ANY LUBRICANT IS CLEANED FROM LADDER

RUNGS AND STILES PRIOR TO USE.

Inspect the ladder for damage and check the security of all fasteners.

Repair damage and/or tighten any hardware that may have become loose prior to use.

MRP 1573112 SR-505

UNDER HATCH

!

WARNING

- DO NOT LEAVE BOAT UNATTENDED WITH THE

DOCKSIDE WATER HOSE CONNECTED.

- DOCKSIDE WATER SHOULD BE CONNECTED

DURING PERIODS OF HEAVY WATER USE ONLY.

MRP 852616 SR-124

SLING

12VDC - 15A MAX

!

WARNING

RUNNING BOAT WITH DOOR OPEN COULD

INDUCE EXHAUST FUMES INTO CABIN.

SEE OWNERS MANUAL FOR INSTRUCTIONS

CONCERNING CARBON MONOXIDE.

MRP#1672112 SR-285

SHORE POWER

WARNING

To minimize shock hazard, connect and disconnect cable as follows;

1. Turn off boat’s shore power switch.

2. Connect cable at boat first.

3. If equipped with polarity indicator which activates, disconnect and connect polarity.

4. Disconnect at shore outlet first.

5. Close inlet cover tightly.

DO NOT ALTER SHORE POWER CABLE CONNECTORS

!

DANGER

TO AVOID RISK OF SERIOUS INJURY OR

DEATH SHUT OFF ENGINE WHEN NEAR

SWIMMERS OR PRIOR TO USING SWIM

PLATFORM AND BOARDING LADDER.

MRP 1112879 SR-214

!

DANGER

TRANSOM DOOR MUST BE

CLOSED AND SECURE WHEN

ENGINE IS RUNNING

MRP 811000 SR-102

SLING

SLING

!

DANGER

NO SMOKING

GASOLINE VAPORS ARE EXPLOXIVE

NOTICE

GASOLINE RECOMMENDATION

Minimum octane rating of 87 AKI.

Refer to the engine owner’s manual for additional information.

MRP 852533 SR-119A

EXHAUST

OUTLET

SLING

!IMPORTANT SAFETY AND OPERATIONAL INFORMATION!

MRP# 1199363 SR-218

40 Motor Yacht ( 415 Motor Yacht)

DOMESTIC

OR

CE OPTION

!

DANGER

STAY CLEAR OF MOVING PARTS

MRP # 921759 SR - 162

UNDERSIDE OF HATCH

WARNING

–READ THE INSTRUCTIONS BEFORE OPERATING

THE WINDLASS.

–KEEP HANDS AND FEET AWAY FROM GYPSY AND

CHAIN AT ALL TIMES.

–WHEN WINDLASS IS NOT IN USE OR BEFORE

USING THE HANDLE, TURN OFF THE WINDLASS

AT THE MAIN SWITCH.

–ENGAGE THE CHAIN STOPPER AFTER ANCHORING.

WINDLASS MUST NOT BE USED AS SOLE MEANS

OF SECURING ANCHOR IN BOW FITTING. ANCHORS

MUST BE INDEPENDENTLY SECURED TO PREVENT

ACCIDENTAL RELEASE.

–BE SURE THE CLUTCH AND THE CHAIN STOPPER

ARE WELL ENGAGED BEFORE SAILING.

1. 17

40 MY Warning Label Locations

W

ARNING

L

ABEL

L

OCATIONS

(F

IG

. 1.18.1)

DISCHARGE OF OIL PROHIBITED

THE FEDERAL WATER POLLUTION CONTROL ACT PROHIBITS THE

DISCHARGE OF OIL OR OILY WASTE INTO OR UPON THE NAVIGABLE

WATERS OF THE UNITED STATES OR THE WATERS OF THE CONTIGUOUS

ZONE IF SUCH DISCHARGE CAUSES A FILM OR SHEEN UPON OR A

DISCOLORATION OF THE SURFACE OF THE WATER OR CAUSES A

SLUDGE OR EMULSION BENEATH THE SURFACE OF THE WATER.

VIOLATORS ARE SUBJECT TO A PENALTY OF $5,000.

MRP # 258509 SR-44

!

DANGER

STAY CLEAR OF MOVING PARTS

MRP # 921759 SR - 162

NOTICE

CHECK BATTERY CELL FUEL

LEVEL APPROXIMATELY EVERY 4

WEEKS AND MORE OFTEN IN

SUMMER AND HOT ZONES.

MRP # 914341 SR-139

!

WARNING

LEAKING FUEL IS A FIRE AND EZPLOSION

HAZARD, INSPECT SYSTEM REGULARY.

EXAMINE FUEL TANKS FOR LEAKS OR

CORROSION AT LEAST ANNUALLY.

MRP # 852632 SR-151

NOTICE

THIS BOAT IS EQUIPPED WITH

AN OPTIONAL DIRECT OVERBOARD

DISCHARGE VALVE. DISCHARGING

OF SEWAGE DIRECTLY OVERBOARD

IS FOR USE WHERE APPROVED ONLY

MRP 955278 SR-118

! CAUTION

PRIOR TO TOWING VESSEL:

• LOCK PROPELLOR SHAFT(S) TO PREVENT

DAMAGE TO SHAFT SEAL AND TRANSMISSION

BEARINGS.

• CLOSE SEACOCKS ON NON-OPERATING

ENGINES TO PREVENT SEA WATER INGESTION.

MRP # 1089242 SR - 203

UNDER HATCH

12VDC - 15A MAX

!

DANGER !

AVOID COLLISIONS

• Maintain Look-out as required by the “Rules of the Road”.

• Visibility can be limited by high boat trim angles. persons, gear, weather and light conditions.

• At all times proceed at a Safe Speed so that you can take proper and effective action to avoid hazardous conditions.

Such issues are considered under the control of the operatror!

AVOID COLLISIONS

In all gasoline powered boats, engine and generator exhaust systems produce colorless and odorless carbon monoxide gas

(“CO”). Direct prolonged exposure can result in CO poisoning which may be harmful or fatal. To prevent excess exposure and reduce the possibility of accumulations of CO in the cabin and cockpit of the boat, the operator should insure adequate ventilation in each the cabin and cockpit areas, through utilization of cabin hatches, cabin doors, cabin windows, cockpit windshield windows and side windshield vents to increase air movement through the cabin and cockpit areas. The following conditions tend to increase the accumulation of CO in and about the boat and require the operator’s particular attention:

1. Operation at slow speeds or dead in the water.

2. Operation with a high bow angle attitude.

3. The utilization of canvas tops, side curtains and back curtains.

4. Contributing climatic condtions, such as a head wind.

5. Operation of engines and/or generator inconfined spaces or at dockside.

6. Any blockage of hull exhaust outlets.

Indications of excessive exposure to CO concentrations may include nausea, dizziness and drowsiness.

DO NOT USE -Sun Pads, Boarding Ladder or Swim Platform and Transom Door should be closed when engine is running.

MRP 987719 SR-193

! DANGER

DO NOT CLIMB UPON OR STORE

EQUIPMENT ON HARDTOP

MRP 1017375 SR-198

ON UNDERSIDE OF HATCH

!

CAUTION

INSIDE PANEL

THIS VESSEL IS EQUIPPED WITH SHORE LINE ISOLATION TRANSFORMERS.

THE NEUTRAL AND GROUNDING CONDUCTORS ARE CONNECTED ON A

COMMON NEUTRAL/GROUNDING BUS AT THE MAIN DISTRIBUTION PANEL.

TO MAINTAIN ELECTRICAL SYSTEM INTEGRITY THE

NEUTRAL AND GROUNDING CONDUCTORS SHALL BE KEPT ISOLATED

AT ALL OTHER LOCATIONS ABOARD THE VESSEL.

MRP 1589795 SR-507

INSIDE CABINET

1. 18

MRP 1798084

CALIFORNIA RESIDENTS ONLY

THE ABOVE WARNING IS ATTACHED TO THE

STEERING WHEEL PRIOR TO DELIVERY OF ANY

BOATS SOLD IN THE STATE OF CALIFORNIA IN

ACCORDANCE WITH CALIFORNIA HEALTH &

SAFETY CODE §§ 25249.5-.13:

!

DANGER

LEAVING WINDOW OPEN COULD

INDUCE EXHAUST FUMES

INTO CABIN RESULTING IN SEVERE

PERSONAL INJURY OR DEATH

MRP 852566 SR-135

TYPICAL ON ALL OPENING PORTLIGHTS

!

WARNING

KEEP CABINET DOORS OPEN

AND EXHAUST FAN ON WHILE

APPLIANCES ARE IN USE.

MRP 1640176 SR-278

INSIDE CABINET

!

WARNING

TURN OFF COFFEE MAKER

BEFORE CLOSING DOOR

MRP 852616 SR-134

INSIDE CABINET

12VDC - 15A MAX

!

DANGER

UNPLUG SHORE POWER AND TURN

OFF GENERATOR BEFORE

REMOVING COVER.

MRP 852582 SR-154

UNDER CABINET ON GALLEY J-BOX.

TYPICAL ON ALL J-BAX COVERS

40 Motor Yacht ( 415 Motor Yacht)

40 MY Warning Label Locations

W

ARNING

L

ABEL

L

OCATIONS

(F

IG

. 1.19.1)

FWD

!

CAUTION

THIS VESSEL IS EQUIPPED WITH SHORE LINE ISOLATION TRANSFORMERS.

THE NEUTRAL AND GROUNDING CONDUCTORS ARE CONNECTED ON A

COMMON NEUTRAL/GROUNDING BUS AT THE MAIN DISTRIBUTION PANEL.

TO MAINTAIN ELECTRICAL SYSTEM INTEGRITY THE

NEUTRAL AND GROUNDING CONDUCTORS SHALL BE KEPT ISOLATED

AT ALL OTHER LOCATIONS ABOARD THE VESSEL.

MRP 1589795 SR-507

!

WARNING

LEAKING FUEL IS A FIRE AND

EXPLOSION HAZARD, INSPECT

SYSTEM REGULARY. EXAMINE

FUEL TANKS FOR LEAKS OR

CORROSION AT LEAST ANNUALLY.

MRP # 852632 SR-151

40 Motor Yacht ( 415 Motor Yacht)

NOTICE

CHECK BATTERY CELL FLUID LEVEL

APPROXIMATELY EVERY 4 WEEKS AND MORE

OFTEN IN SUMMER AND HOT ZONES.

TYPICAL ON TOP OF ALL BATTERIES

SYSTEMS

MONITOR MODULE

BATTERIES

CAUTION

• BATTERIES ENCLOSED

• SERVICE WEEKLY

• REPLACE COVER WHILE UNDER WAY

TYPICAL UNDER ALL BATTERY COVERS

! DANGER

UNPLUG SHORE POWER AND

TURN OFF GENERATOR

BEFORE REMOVING COVER

MRP # 852582 SR - 154

ON ALL J-BOXES

!

CAUTION

THIS VESSEL IS EQUIPPED WITH SHORE LINE ISOLATION TRANSFORMERS.

THE NEUTRAL AND GROUNDING CONDUCTORS ARE CONNECTED ON A

COMMON NEUTRAL/GROUNDING BUS AT THE MAIN DISTRIBUTION PANEL.

TO MAINTAIN ELECTRICAL SYSTEM INTEGRITY THE

NEUTRAL AND GROUNDING CONDUCTORS SHALL BE KEPT ISOLATED

AT ALL OTHER LOCATIONS ABOARD THE VESSEL.

MRP 1589795 SR-507

1. 19

1. 20

THIS PAGE LEFT INTENTIONALLY BLANK

40 Motor Yacht ( 415 Motor Yacht)

S

ECTION

2 • G

ENERAL

B

OAT

A

RRANGEMENT

1. D

OCKING

/L

IFTING

/S

TORAGE

! CAUTION

Do Not use cleats for lifting.

A. B

OW AND

S

TERN

C

LEATS

Cleats must not be used for lifting the boat, they are intended for docking or mooring use only.

C

LEAT

L

OCATIONS

(F

IG

. 2.1.1)

CLEAT

TRANSOM

DETAIL

CLEAT

When lifting the boat always keep the bow higher than the stern to drain the exhaust lines and to prevent water from running forward through the manifold and into the engine where it can become trapped. It may seem expedient to lift only the stern when changing a propeller, but this can result in water entering the engine cylinders, causing hydrostatic lock and resulting in possible engine failure. Even a small amount of water in the engine can cause rust and is to be avoided.

With fiberglass boats, severe gelcoat crazing or more serious hull damage can occur during launching and hauling if pressure is created on the gunwales by the slings. Flat, wide belting-type slings and spreaders long enough to keep pressure from the gunwales are necessary. Cable-type slings should be avoided. Do not place the slings where they may lift on the propeller shaft or other underwater fittings. The slings should be placed directly over the sling tags imprinted on the deck to assure the least amount of stress on the hull.

Never hoist the boat with an appreciable amount of water in the bilge. Fuel and water tanks should preferably be empty, especially if of large capacity.

CLEAT

STARBOARD SIDE SHOWN - PORT SIDE TYPICAL

P

ROPER

L

IFTING AND

S

TORAGE OF THE

40 MY

(F

IG

. 2.1.2)

SLING STRAPS

SLING TAG

SLING TAG

40 Motor Yacht ( 415 Motor Yacht)

8’ 11 1/2” 11’ 8”

2.1

S

ECTION

2 • G

ENERAL

B

OAT

A

RRANGEMENT

B. S

UPPORTING

T

HE

B

OAT

A cradle is the ideal support for the boat whenever it is not in the water. Properly designed and constructed, it will provide support at the proper points, which is essential to avoid stress on the hull.

Boat placement on the cradle should line up as closely as possible to the sling tags on the side of the deck. Do not rest boat on underwater fittings.

P

ROPER

S

UPPORT

O

UT OF

W

ATER

(

FIG

. 2.2.1)

While the person at the wheel must alert passengers before any sudden or erratic boat movement, such as crossing wakes, rapid turns, sudden acceleration or deceleration, etc., an emergency action may be necessary before passengers can be warned. All passengers must be prepared for rapid boat movement and be able to hold on to prevent loss of balance.

2. When persons are on the working deck area, for anchoring, mooring or in emergencies, they must be holding on and be positioned so as to prevent falling. In bad weather and/or rough water, if it is essential to be on deck, persons should be closely tied to cleats, railing stanchions or other securely fastened boat hardware.

3. Engines must be turned off if the boat is near swimmers or persons are on the swim platform or the swim ladder.

CORRECT SUPPORT

(NO GAP BETWEEN

HULL AND CRADLE)

INCORRECT SUPPORT

(GAP CREATES UNDUE

STRESS BETWEEN HULL

AND CRADLE)

2. P

ASSENGER

L

OCATIONS

1. When the boat is moving, all passengers must be in the cockpit area or in the cabin and must be on seating provided or, if standing, holding on firmly (See Figure 2.3.1).

! WARNING

Boat motion can be erratic.

You can fall overboard or be injured by hitting something in or on the boat.

All persons must be in cockpit area or cabin and be prepared for sudden boat movement.

Use front or bow deck area only during anchoring, mooring or emergencies.

2.2

40 Motor Yacht ( 415 Motor Yacht)

S

ECTION

2 • G

ENERAL

B

OAT

A

RRANGEMENT

P

ASSENGER

L

OCATIONS

(C

OCKPIT

& D

ECK

)

(

FIG

. 2.3.1)

123456789 12345678

FWD

PORT

12345678

12345678

12345678

12345678

12345678

12345678

12345678

12345678

12345678

12345678

12345678

12345678

12345678

12345678

12345678

12345678

12345678

12345678

12345678

12345678

12345678

12345678

12345678

12345678

12345678

12345678

12345678

12345678

12345678

12345678

12345678

12345678

12345678

12345678

1234

1234

1234

1234

1234

1234

1234

1234

1234

1234

1234

1234

1234

1234

1234

1234

1234

1234

1234

1234

1234

1234

1234

1234

1234

1234

1234

1234

1234

1234

1234567

1234567

1234567

1234567

1234567

1234567

1234567

1234567

1234567

1234567

1234567

1234567

1234567

1234567

1234567

1234567

1234567

1234567

1234567

1234567

1234567

1234567

1234567

1234567

1234567890

1234567890

1234567890

1234567890

123456789012345

123456789012345

1234567890

1234567890 123456789012345678901234

1234567890 123456789012345678901234

1234567890 123456789012345678901234

1234567890 123456789012345678901234

1234567890 123456789012345678901234

12345678901

12345678901

12345678901

12345678901

12345678901

12345678901

12345678901

12345678901

12345678

12345678

12345678

12345678

12345678

12345678

12345678

12345678

12345678901

12345678901

12345678901

12345678901

12345678901

12345678901

12345678901

12345678901

12345678901

12345678901

12345678901

12345678901

12345678901

12345678901

12345678901

12345678901

12345678901

12345678901

12345678901

12345678901

1234

1234

1234

1234

1234

1234

1234

1234

1234

1234

1234567

1234567

1234567

1234567

1234567

1234567

1234567

1234

1234

1234

1234

1234

1234

1234

1234

1234

1234

1234

1234

1234

1234

1234

12345

12345

12345

12345

12345

12345

12345

12345

12345

12345

12345

12345

12345

12345

12345

12345

12345

12345

12345

12345

12345

12345

12345

12345

12345

12345678

12345678

12345678

12345678

12345678

12345678

12345678

12345678

12345678

12345678

12345678

12345678

12345678

12345678

12345678

12345678

12345678

12345678

12345678

12345678

12345678

12345678

12345678

12345678

12345678

12345678

12345678

12345678

12345678

12345678

12345678

STBD

12345678901234

12345678901234

12345678901234

12345678901234

12345678901234

12345678901234

WORKING DECK

(DECK AREA INTENDED FOR OCCUPATION

DURING ANCHORING, MOORING AND

EMERGENCY OPERATION ONLY)

ACCOMODATION DECK

(DECK AREA INTENDED FOR OCCUPATION

DURING NORMAL OPERATION)

DO NOT STAND OR WALK ON THIS AREA.

SERIOUS INJURY COULD RESULT.

! WARNING

PERSONAL INJURY

HAZARD

When underway, keep occupants clear of areas not designed for riding. Especially hazardous areas include seat backs, bow, gunwale, transom platform and fore and aft decks.

! WARNING

SLIPPING HAZARD - Wet decks are slippery. Wear proper footwear and use extreme caution on wet surfaces.

! WARNING

D O N OT C L I M B O N O R S TO R E

EQUIPMENT ON HARD TOP.

! DANGER

TO AVOID RISK OF SERIOUS INJURY

OR DEATH SHUT OFF ENGINE WHEN

NEAR SWIMMERS OR PRIOR TO USING

SWIM PLATFORM AND BOARDING

LADDER.

40 Motor Yacht ( 415 Motor Yacht) 2.3

S

ECTION

2 • G

ENERAL

B

OAT

A

RRANGEMENT

3. B

ASIC

B

OAT

D

IMENSIONS AND

C

LEARANCES

B

OAT

D

IMENSIONS AND

C

LEARANCES

(F

IG

. 2.4.1)

8’ 5 1/8”

19’ 3 1/2”

14’ 7 5/8

12’ 2 5/8”

9’ 9 7/8”

LOAD

WATER LINE

3’ 0”

Overall Length -------------- 41’ 9”

Beam ------------------------- 14’ 3”

Draft --------------------------- 36”

Dry Weight (lbs.) ---------- 26,500

Fuel Capacity (gal.) ------- 300

Water Capacity (gal.) ----- 100

Holding Tank (gal.) --------- 54

Dead Rise ------------------- 15 o

41’ 9”

52’ 9 3/4”

12.72m

4.34m

91cm

11,794kg

1136 (liters)

378.5 (liters)

204.4 (liters)

15 o

14’ 3”

Height Dimensions:

Overall Length -------------- 41’ 9”

Beam ------------------------- 14’ 3”

Draft --------------------------- 36”

Dry Weight (lbs.) ---------- 26,500

12.72m

4.34m

91cm

11,794kg

4. P

ROPULSION

S

YSTEM

The inboard engines on your 40 MY are the heart of your Sea Ray ® . Proper attention to and maintenance of your engines will assure you many hours of pleasurable, safe boating and will prevent unnecessary engine problems. You must, therefore, become thoroughly familiar with all aspects of the engine’s proper operation outlined in the Engine

Operator’s Manual. A general maintenance program consists of proper lubrication, cleaning of the fuel filters, fuel lines and air filters. When washing down, or any other time, take care that water

does not enter the air inlets. Water entering the air inlets when the engines are not operating may go directly into the cylinders, resulting in rust and possibly internal engine damage.

2.4

The engines are warranted directly by the engine manufacturer, not by Sea Ray ® .

5. P

ROPELLERS

Your Sea Ray ® has been equipped with propellers which our tests have shown to be the best suited for general use under normal conditions and load.

Under no circumstances use a propeller which allows the engine to operate at higher than maximum RPM for your engine.

REFER TO ENGINE OPERATOR’S MANUAL FOR

MORE DETAILED INFORMATION.

40 Motor Yacht ( 415 Motor Yacht)

Q

S

ECTION

2 • G

ENERAL

B

OAT

A

RRANGEMENT

6. G

ENERAL

D

ECK

L

AYOUT

G

ENERAL

D

ECK

L

AYOUT

(F

IG

. 2.5.1)

S

A

B

R

C

D

A

B

C

D

E

F

G

STARBOARD NAV LIGHT

ELECTRIC VENT WINDOW

CONTROL STATION

STARBOARD FUEL TANK FILL

H

I

PORT FUEL TANK FILL

CAPTAIN’S CHAIR

J

ANCHOR CHUTE

WINDLASS

DECK HATCH

K

L

STARBOARD DECK ACCESS DOOR

COCKPIT WET BAR

WATER TANK FILL

M

N

SWIM LADDER

COCKPIT SEATING

O

P

PORT DECK ACCESS DOOR

WASTE PUMP-OUT

Q

R

PORT NAV LIGHT

WINDLASS REMOTE FOOT PEDALS

S SPOTLIGHT (OPTIONAL)

E

P

O

M

N

F

K

L

G

H

I

J

40 Motor Yacht ( 415 Motor Yacht) 2.5

S

ECTION

2 • G

ENERAL

B

OAT

A

RRANGEMENT

7. C

ABIN

L

AYOUT

C

ABIN

(F

IG

. 2.6.1)

A

W

V

U

T

S

Q

R

X

Y

Z

B

C

D

H

G

E

F

J

I

A

B

C

V-BERTH

STARBOARD BUNK (EXPANDABLE)

V-BERTH TV/VCR

D

E

GALLEY STOVE

GALLEY SINK

F

G

COFFEE MAKER

REFRIGERATOR

H

I

MICROWAVE

GALLEY STEPS (LIFT TO ACCESS UTILITY

ROOM)

J

K

SALON CONVERTIBLE COUCH

SALON ENTERTAINMENT CENTER

L

M

N

O

AFT STATEROOM TV/VCR

AFT STATEROOM SHOWER

AFT STATEROOM VANITY

AFT STATEROOM

P

Q

R

AFT STATEROOM HEAD

AFT STATEROOM HANGING CLOSET

AFT STATEROOM STEPS

S

T

MAIN DISTRIBUTION PANELS

PORT SALON COUCH

U

V

WASHER DRYER (IN UTILITY ROOM)

FWD SHOWER

W

X

FWD HEAD

FWD VANITY

Y

Z

V-BERTH HANGING CLOSET

V-BERTH PORT BUNK

K

L

M

P

N

O

Q

2.6

40 Motor Yacht ( 415 Motor Yacht)

S

ECTION

2 • G

ENERAL

B

OAT

A

RRANGEMENT

8. H

ARDTOP

H

ARDTOP

(F

IG

. 2.7.1)

B

C

A

D

E

A

B

C

D

E

F

GPS ANTENNA

STERN NAVIGATIONAL LIGHT

TV ANTENNA

RADAR (OPTIONAL)

MAST LIGHT

HARDTOP HATCH

F

9. C

ONTROL

S

TATION

G

AUGE AND

S

WITCH

L

AYOUT

Q

P

C

ONTROL

S

TATION

(F

IG

. 2.7.2)

S

B

M

O

N

R

K

L

J

I

H

A

G

F

B

E

B

C

D

K

L

B

C

D

M

N

O

H

I

F

G

A

E

J

P

Q

R

S

COMPASS

A/C OUTLET (OPTIONAL)

GAUGE PANEL

GPS PLOTTER

SMARTCRAFT SYSTEM VIEW

SWITCH PANEL

THROTTLE CONTROLS

BOW THRUSTER (OPTIONAL) TOGGLE

STEREO REMOTE

FUSE BLOCK AND BREAKER

PANEL ACCESS

TRIM TABS SWITCH

AMBIENT AIR TEMPERATURE SENSOR

(SMARTCRAFT)

12 VOLT ACCESSORY PLUG

GEAR SHIFT CONTROLS

AUTOPILOT (OPTIONAL)

VHF RADIO SPEAKER

VHF RADIO HANDSET

RADAR (OPTIONAL)

SPOTLIGHT CONTROL

NOTE: ELECTRONICS ARE SUBJECT TO CHANGES IN LOCATION

AND EQUIPMENT WITHOUT NOTICE. THIS INFORMATION

WAS CORRECT AT TIME OF PRINTING.

40 Motor Yacht ( 415 Motor Yacht) 2.7

S

ECTION

2 • G

ENERAL

B

OAT

A

RRANGEMENT

C

ONTROL

S

TATION

G

AUGE AND

S

WITCH

L

AYOUT

C

ONTROL

S

TATION

G

AUGE

P

ANEL

(F

IG

. 2.8.1)

B

A

C

F

0

80

40

420

280

140

1/2

E

250

100

80

60

175

100

0 0

F/ C

10

12

18

14

2

1

0

RPM

X1000

4

3

2

1

0

RPM

X1000

4

3

D

F

0

80

40

280

420

140

1/2

E

250

100

80

60

175

100

0

0 F/ C

10

12

18

14

A

B

PORT ENGINE QUAD GAUGE

PORT ENGINE TACHOMETER

C

ONTROL

S

TATION

S

WITCH

P

ANEL

(F

IG

. 2.8.2)

C

D

STARBOARD ENGINE TACHOMETER

STARBOARD ENGINE QUAD GAUGE

LEFT SIDE OF PANEL

2.8

RIGHT SIDE OF PANEL

40 Motor Yacht ( 415 Motor Yacht)

S

ECTION

2 • G

ENERAL

B

OAT

A

RRANGEMENT

10. F

UNCTION AND

L

OCATION OF

T

HROUGH

-H

ULL

F

ITTINGS AND

C

UTOUTS

S

TARBOARD

T

HROUGH

-H

ULL

F

ITTINGS

(F

IG

. 2.9.1)

A

B

C

D

E

F

MASTER STATEROOM A/C DISCHARGE

AFT BILGE PUMP DISCHARGE

STARBOARD EXHAUST

PORT FUEL FILL VENT

SALON A/C DISCHARGE

COCKPIT SINK DRAIN

G COCKPIT A/C (OPTIONAL) DISCHARGE

H

I

STARBOARD FUEL FILL VENT

VACUUM (OPTIONAL)

J

K

POWER VENT

BOW LOCKER DRAIN

L

BOW HATCH DRAIN

K

L

A

B

C

D

E

F

G H I

P

ORT

T

HROUGH

-H

ULL

F

ITTINGS

(F

IG

. 2.9.2)

A

B

C

PORT BOW HATCH DRAIN

BOW LOCKER DRAIN

V-BERTH A/C DISCHARGE

D

E

F

G

DRYER VENT (OPTIONAL)

BOW THRUSTER (OPTIONAL)

POWER VENT

WATER HEATER VENT

K

L

H

I

J

M

N

HOLDING TANK VENT

WASHER DISCHARGE (OPTIONAL)

BILGE PUMP

SUMP DISCHARGE

BILGE PUMPS

PORT ENGINE EXHAUST

GENERATOR EXHAUST

J

A

B

C

D

40 Motor Yacht ( 415 Motor Yacht)

E

F

G H

I

J

K

12

12

L

M

N

2.9

S

ECTION

2 • G

ENERAL

B

OAT

A

RRANGEMENT

F

UNCTION AND

L

OCATION OF

T

HROUGH

-H

ULL

F

ITTINGS AND

C

UTOUTS

B

ILGE

T

HROUGH

-H

ULL

F

ITTINGS

(F

IG

. 2.10.1)

B

C

D E

F

A

G

H

O

I

J

N

M

L K

C

D

A

B

E

F

PORT RUDDER POST

PORT STRUT

PORT SHAFT LOG

PORT EXHAUST

A/C SEACOCK

PORT ENGINE SEACOCK

G

K

L

H

I

J

GENERATOR SEACOCK

SPEED TRANSDUCER (OPTIONAL)

DEPTH FINDER

MASERATOR SEACOCK (OPTIONAL)

STARBOARD ENGINE SEACOCK

STARBOARD EXHAUST

M

N

O

STARBOARD SHAFT LOG

STARBOARD STRUT

STARBOARD RUDDER POST

2.10

40 Motor Yacht ( 415 Motor Yacht)

S

ECTION

2 • G

ENERAL

B

OAT

A

RRANGEMENT

11. M

AJOR

C

ONTROLS

A. G

EAR

S

HIFTS AND

T

HROTTLE

C

ONTROLS

Standard on the 40 MY are dual hydraulic gear shift and throttle engine controls. Read and understand the information in the Owner’s Manual Packet for your yacht model’s gear and throttle control.

The throttle controls regulate the RPM of the engines. Pushing the levers forward will increase engine RPM. Regulating RPM of the engines will control the speed of the boat through the water.

NOTE: Prior to starting engines, put throttles at IDLE and gearshifts in NEUTRAL.

For safety’s sake and as a good habit to get into, always put the gear selector in the NEUTRAL position and the throttle selector in the IDLE position before starting the engines.

There are two gear shift levers and two throttle control levers.

The gear shift levers have three positions:

FORWARD, NEUTRAL (center), and REVERSE.

The gear shift levers must be in the NEUTRAL position when starting the engines. A detent can be felt when the control is in exact neutral. Forward and reverse positions should always be in the full travel extremes in either direction for positive

engagement and minimum wear. Each gear shift lever can be used independently from the other, for example, when idling one shift can be put in forward and the other in reverse for tight maneuvering. Shift gears only with engines idling.

O

PERATION

1. Throttle Levers:

Forward motion - increases Throttle

Aft Motion - Decreases Throttle

2. Gearshift Levers:

Forward Position - FORWARD

Center Position - NEUTRAL

Aft Position - REVERSE

M

AINTENANCE

The gear and throttle lever bodies are made of anodized aluminum. To clean them, a warm soapy water solution should be used. DO NOT use an abrasive compound.

E

NGINE

S

HIFT AND

T

HROTTLE

F

UNCTIONS

(H

YDRAULIC

)

(F

IG

. 2.11.1)

PORT

STBD

FORWARD FULL THROTTLE

PORT

STBD

NEUTRAL VARIABLE

REVERSE

40 Motor Yacht ( 415 Motor Yacht)

ENGINE GEARSHIFTS

IDLE

ENGINE THROTTLES

2.11

S

ECTION

2 • G

ENERAL

B

OAT

A

RRANGEMENT

NOTE: Refer to your engine Owner’s Manual to operate the throttle arm by hand for maintenance.

REFER TO OWNER’S MANUAL PACKET FOR

INSTRUCTIONS AND WARRANTY INFORMATION.

! WARNING

Shift selector(s) to NEUTRAL before starting engines.

Shift only when engine is at IDLE.

Reversing at high speeds can cause flooding/ swamping due to water being pushed over the transom.

C. H

YDRAULIC

T

RIM

T

ABS

The trim tabs on your Sea Ray ® are operated with a rocker type momentary switch at the control station. They are protected by a circuit breaker on the control station breaker panel (See Figure 6.5.1) which must be ON to use the trim tabs .

To trim the bow of your boat down, push the top halves of BOTH rockers down in momentary bursts.

If you hold the rockers down, you will over trim the

T

RIM

T

ABS

S

WITCH

(F

IG

. 2.12.1)

! CAUTION

Shift quickly; easing into gear can damage the transmission.

Hydraulic controls FORWARD and REVERSE positions should always be in full travel extremes in either direction for positive engagement and minimum wear.

B. E

NGINE

S

YNCHRONIZERS

(O

PTIONAL

)

When the engine synchronizers are in operation, any engine speed differential is immediately sensed and automatically corrected. A single throttle movement is all that is necessary to ensure that both engines maintain identical RPM.

If you have this option, refer to your Owner’s Manual

Packet for the correct operating instructions for your yacht engine synchronizers.

R

UNNING

A

TTITUDE

BOW UP

BOW UP

BOW UP

BOW DOWN

BOW DOWN

L

IST

......

PORT

STARBOARD

PORT

STARBOARD

P

USH

TOP OF BOTH ROCKERS

TOP OF STARBOARD ROCKER

TOP OF PORT ROCKER

BOTTOM OF STARBOARD ROCKER

BOTTOM OF PORT ROCKER

O

PERATION

:

1. Have both engines running and advance speed slightly above idle.

2. Turn ON synchronizer switch located on the control station switch panel.

3. Move slave (starboard) engine throttle lever to maximum speed position. Since the synchronizer is now controlling the slave engine, the lever is “limp” or noneffective. Advancing the slave engine lever eliminates the synchronizer of undue strain in moving the entire control system.

2.12

boat and the bow will dig in. To correct overtrimming, push bottom halves of BOTH rockers to obtain desired planing angle.

The trim tabs on the transom of your boat can also be used to trim the list of your boat (See chart above) that may be caused by improper storage of gear, too many people on one side or a strong cross wind. Operation of the rocker switch should be momentary bursts to achieve proper attitude of the hull.

When running wide open, most boats do not require any trim unless heavily loaded.

40 Motor Yacht ( 415 Motor Yacht)

S

ECTION

2 • G

ENERAL

B

OAT

A

RRANGEMENT

H

YDRAULIC

T

RIM

T

ABS

(F

IG

. 2.13.1)

A TRIM PLANE SWITCH (AT HELM)

B

C

HYDRAULIC RAMS

TRIM PLANE ZINC

D

E

STBD TRIM PLANE

PORT TRIM PLANE

F

G

RESERVOIR FILL

TRIM TAB PUMP

G

F

A

B

B

D

C

E

FFECTS OF TRIMMING

(F

IG

. 2.13.2)

BOW-DOWN (“PLOWING”)

PROPER TRIM (3-5 ° BOW-UP ANGLE)

C

E

In heavy following seas or when running in an inlet, best maneuverability is obtained with a bow high attitude. To be sure the tabs are full up in the zero position, push the bottom halves of BOTH rockers for several seconds.

The trim tab pump is located on the aft bilge bulkhead, mounted on the inside of the transom and

BOW-UP (“PORPOISING”)

EFFECTS OF PORT AND STBD TRIM TAB ADJUSTMENT

! WARNING

MANEUVERING/CONTROL HAZARD

Ensure continuous visibility of other boats, swimmers, and obstacles during bow-up transition to planing.

PORT TAB DOWN

PORT STERN UP

STBD BOW DOWN

BOTH NEUTRAL

NO CHANGE IN LIST

STBD TAB DOWN

STBD STERN UP

PORT BOW DOWN can be accessed through a hatch in the aft wall of the master stateroom head. To service the unit, remove the tinted plastic cover to gain access to reservoir fill plug and motor parts. Hydraulic trim tabs use Type A Dexron II automatic transmission fluid, which should be filled up to the FULL mark on the pump base. Add fluid with the trim tabs in the up position only.

weight increases, the stern will settle lower in the water and the hull will create and push a hill of water, increasing drag and requiring more power to move through the water.

Hydraulic trim tabs are adjusted independently of each other, enabling adjustment of bow attitude up and down as well as to correct for side to side list.

Trim tabs can also be used to provide attitude adjustment at lower speeds.

Your boat is designed to plane at a particular speed and weight distribution. As speed decreases or

40 Motor Yacht ( 415 Motor Yacht) 2.13

S

ECTION

2 • G

ENERAL

B

OAT

A

RRANGEMENT

A P

ROPERLY

T

RIMMED

B

OAT

:

• Operates at a correct running attitude of a 3 to

5 degree angle to the water (bow slightly up).

• Reduces drag and increases fuel efficiency.

• Preserves good forward visibility.

• Increases safety.

Use short bursts of rocker switches to adjust trim tabs. Pushing switches too far at once may cause sudden steering problems. Adjusting one trim tab more than the other will adjust list caused by improper equipment storage, too many people on one side or a strong cross wind.

REFER TO OWNER’S MANUAL PACKET FOR

INSTRUCTIONS AND WARRANTY INFORMATION.

should operate. This must not be exceeded or serious engine damage will occur. The tachometer should also be used to determine the most comfortable and economical cruising RPM.

D. O

V

IL

P

RESSURE

OLTMETER

, W

AND

F

ATER

Your yacht is equipped with a quad gauge unit which displays, in analog format, engine oil pressure, water temperature, voltage and respective port and starboard fuel tank levels.

UEL

T

G

EMPERATURE

AUGES

Q

UAD

G

AUGEE

(F

IG

. 2.14.2)

0

40

140

420

280

80

F

1/2

E

,

250

100

80

60

175

100

0 0

F/ C

10

12

18

14

12. I

MPORTANT

G

AUGES

A. H

OURMETER

The hourmeters measure cumulative hours of operating time. They should be used to keep a careful log of engine maintenance as well as performance data and fuel consumption. Do not leave ignition key on with the engines off, as this will increase the engine hours on the hourmeter.

The generator hourmeter is located on the generator gauge panel. If equipped with optional Caterpillar ® propulsion there are hourmeters on top of each

Caterpillar ® engine and an hourmeter readout on the main EMS display (Page 2.18) by method of scrolling.

F

UEL

G

AUGE

The fuel gauge indicates the amount of fuel in the fuel tank. The most accurate reading of the fuel gauge is at

Q

UAD

F

UEL

G

AUGE

(F

IG

. 2.14.3)

F

1/2

E

1 idle speeds when your boat is in an approximately level position. At slow plane, when your boat is in a bow up position the gauge will read inaccurately because the fuel in the tanks travel to the rear of the tanks and away from the fuel sending unit. Because gauge readings are approximate, they should be compared to the hours of use versus known fuel consumption (GPH).

C. T

ACHOMETER

The tachometer indicates the revolutions per minute (RPM) of the engine. (It does not indicate the speed of the boat.) Your Engine

Operator’s Manual indicates the maximum full throttle RPM at which your engine

2.14

T

ACHOMETER

(F

IG

. 2.14.1)

2

1

0

RPM

X1000

4

3

V

OLTMETER

The voltmeter gauge indicates battery bank voltage. Each engine operating voltage will range between 12.0 to

16.5 volts when the alternator is charging.

Significantly higher or lower readings indicate

Q

UAD

V

OLTMETER

(F

IG

. 2.14.4)

10

12

0 0

18

14

40 Motor Yacht ( 415 Motor Yacht)

S

ECTION

2 • G

ENERAL

B

OAT

A

RRANGEMENT a battery problem, alternator ,malfunction or heavy battery drain.

G. M

AGNETIC

C

OMPASS

O

IL

P

RESSURE

G

AUGE

The oil gauge is often the best indicator of engine problems or difficulties. Maximum pressure is controlled by a preset valve in the

Q

UAD

O

IL

P

RESSURE

(F

IG

. 2.15.1)

0

40

80

420

280

140 oil pump. Note the reading which this gauge records after the break-in-period, as it is the “norm” which can be used as reference during the life of the engine. IF A

COMPLETE LOSS OF OIL PRESSURE

OCCURS, TURN ENGINE OFF AT ONCE.

Continued running after loss of pressure will cause engine damage. First, manually check the oil level.

If low oil level is not the cause, consult your Sea

Ray ® dealer. DO NOT RESTART THE ENGINE

UNTIL THE PROBLEM HAS BEEN

CORRECTED. Slight fluctuations in gauge readings are not uncommon during operation and may be due to the characteristics of the lubricating oil. Greater fluctuations should be investigated. The cause may be a clogged oil filter element which should be replaced with every oil change.

0 0

Your compass (See Figure 2.7.2), properly corrected, will indicate magnetic North (not true

North). A compass must be adjusted by a qualified person. The reason for this is that nearby instruments or objects containing magnets or current-carrying electrical wires will influence the compass reading. This is especially true if you add electronic devices to the helm station.

After your compass has been professionally adjusted. You will be given a deviation card or chart indicating the correction to be applied when laying out a compass course or making navigational calculations. Keep this correction card or chart at the helm.

NOTE: The compass adjustment is only good for the equipment arrangement that existed at the time of the adjustment. If you place different equipment or remove equipment from the vicinity of the compass, you cannot rely on the compass reading.

The compass must be readjusted by a qualified person after equipment is added or removed from the vicinity of the compass.

NOTE: The compass roses shown on navigational charts have both true North and magnetic North directions superimposed. Make certain you plot course compass directions from the magnetic North compass rose.

W

G

ATER

AUGE

T

EMPERATURE

Q

UAD

W

ATER

T

EMP

(F

IG

. 2.15.2)

The water temperature gauge indicates temperature of the cooling water circulating inside the

0

250

100

80

60

175

100

0 0 engine. Your engine is equipped with a thermostat so a predetermined engine temperature should be reached soon after starting the engine and maintained thereafter while the engine is running. Refer to your Engine Operator’s Manual for proper gauge readings. If the temperature approaches above normal on your gauge, shut down engine at once.

When not in use, the compass should be protected from excessive and prolonged sunlight. If your compass becomes sluggish or erratic, it should be serviced by an authorized repair station.

To keep the plexiglass dome free from scratches, remove salt deposits and dust with a damp cloth.

An occasional treatment with paste wax will help preserve the dome surface.

REFER TO OWNER’S MANUAL PACKET FOR

INSTRUCTIONS AND WARRANTY INFORMATION.

2.15

40 Motor Yacht ( 415 Motor Yacht)

S

ECTION

2 • G

ENERAL

B

OAT

A

RRANGEMENT

H. S

YSTEMS

M

ONITOR

S

YSTEMS

M

ONITOR

D

ISPLAY

C

ONTROL

M

ONITOR

(DCM)

(F

IG

.2.16.1)

SEA RAY BOATS

ALL SYSTEMS NORMAL

The LCD display will read in two lines. For example, at normal operation it will read:

SEA RAY BOATS

ALL SYSTEMS NORMAL

NOTE: Some functions only read on one line. See page 2.18 (DCM functions) for all DCM display readouts.

Backlighting of the LCD is achieved by turning ON the running lights switch. Intensity is controlled by the electronic dimmer control. Both are located on the control station switch panel.

AUDIBLE RESET

ALARM SELECT

The Systems Monitor consists of a Display Control

Module (DCM) located at the control station and a

Bilge Interface Module (BIM) located on the bilge component boarD. The DCM and BIM are connected to each other by a coax cable and the

BIM is continuously looking at all inputs for an alarm condition.

The Systems Monitor is connected directly to the

12 volt battery bank through a circuit breaker and continuously monitors two emergency high water pumps, two bilge pumps and the bilge heat detector.

The engine and generator functions are only active when ignition voltage is turned on. The circuit breaker is on the main DC breaker panel located on the bilge component board.

The BIM collects signals from critical engine functions, generator oil pressure, bilge pumps, high water emergency bilge pumps and bilge heat detection and transmits that information to be displayed on the DCM.

The features of the DCM include a two line LCD display with backlighting of the display, audible alarm and an Audible Reset/Alarm Select push button switch.

2.16

A

UDIBLE

A

LARMS

An audible alarm will sound to alert the operator to look at the DCM and determine the high level fault.

Only high level faults such as critical engine functions, generator, emergency pumps and bilge heat detector will have an audible alarm. The forward and aft bilge pumps do not have an audible alarm, instead the DCM will display those functions.

!

CAUTION

Never ignore an alarm.

A

UDIBLE

R

ESET

/A

LARM

S

ELECT

The Audible Reset/Alarm Select push button switch on the DCM is a dual purpose switch. It enables the operator to reset an audible alarm or to manually scroll the display during multiple alarms.

The Audible Reset is used to temporarily quiet an alarm that is displayed on the LCD. If that function is not corrected within 30 seconds, the audible alarm will sound again. Pushing the switch again will permanently quiet (turn off) the audible alarm for that function. The LCD will still display that fault until it is corrected.

The Alarm Select is active only during multiple alarms. For example, if the engine oil pressure, forward emergency pump and transmission temperature had faults at the same time, the

40 Motor Yacht ( 415 Motor Yacht)

S

ECTION

2 • G

ENERAL

B

OAT

A

RRANGEMENT systems monitor would sound an audible alarm and would display the alarm with the highest priority.

Each push of the switch will show the new alarm and then the LCD will automatically scroll through the multiple alarm functions approximately every three (3) seconds. By pushing on the switch, the operator will be able to manually scroll the LCD for faulting functions.

To monitor critical engine functions and generator oil pressure:

1.

The 24 volt main battery solenoid switches must be energized either at the main DC breaker panel on the aft port engine room component board or the DC distribution panel on the port side just aft of the galley.

2.

At the DC distribution panel, turn the port and starboard master ignition key switches to the

ON position.

3.

At the control station, locate the port and starboard START/RUN switches. Without starting the engines, push the START/RUN switches to the RUN position. The Display

Control Monitor (DCM) will display:

SEA RAY BOATS

ALL SYSTEMS NORMAL

NOTE: The generator and engines will have an alarm as soon as ignition is turned on.

4.

Star t the engines per the engine star t instructions in Section 3, page 3.4.

5.

Start the generator per the generator start instructions in Section 3, page 3.8.

With the main engines and generator engine running, the yacht’s Systems Monitor is fully activated. When the engine and generator engine ignition is turned OFF, approximately five (5) minutes later the LCD will go into a “Sleep Mode” and the display will be blank. Engine and generator functions are disabled because they are unnecessary, however, the bilge heat detector and all pumps are still being monitored.

The DCM Function Table (page 2.18) shows each function, describes the function and shows how it is displayed on the DCM.

If your Systems Monitor does not operate or display functions correctly per the instructions provided, recycle the circuit breaker by pushing the circuit breaker to the OFF position and then pushing it to the ON position. Use a small tool that will fit through the hole to push the breaker to the OFF position.

40 Motor Yacht ( 415 Motor Yacht) 2.17

S

ECTION

2 • G

ENERAL

B

OAT

A

RRANGEMENT

D

ISPLAY

C

ONTROL

M

ODULE

(DCM) F

UNCTION

T

ABLE

Function Description DCM

Normal Operation

BIM Coax Cable to DCM

Forward Emergency *

Aft Emergency *

Forward Bilge

Aft Bilge

Oil Pressure *

Water Temperature *

No Alarms

Cable Connection Fault

Forward Emergency Pump Under the

Master Stateroom Hatch is Running

Aft Emergency Pump in the Engine

Room is Running

Forward Bilge Pump in the Engine

Room is Running

Aft Bilge Pump in the Engine Room is Running

Engine Oil Pressure Too Low

Engine Cooling System Too Hot

SEA RAY BOATS

ALL SYSTEMS NORMAL

DATA LINK FAILURE

ALARM SYSTEM OFF-LINE

PUMP ALARM

FORWARD EMERGENCY

PUMP ALARM

AFT EMERGENCY

PUMP ALARM

FORWARD BILGE

PUMP ALARM

AFT BILGE

PORT (OR STBD) ENGINE ALARM

OIL PRESSURE

PORT (OR STBD) ENGINE ALARM

WATER TEMPERATURE

Transmission Temperature *

Exhaust Temperature *

Transmission Cooling System is Hot

Engine Malfunction, Exhaust Too Hot

PORT (OR STBD) ENGINE ALARM

TRANSMISSION TEMPERATURE

PORT (OR STBD) ENGINE ALARM

EXHAUST TEMPERATURE

Generator Alarm *

CAT Diagnostics *

Caterpillar Electronic

Engines Only

Generator Oil Pressure is Low

Generator Stopped Running

For CAT Diagnostic Engines

GENERATOR ALARM

(No Second Line Reading)

PORT (OR STBD) ENGINE ALARM

CAT DIAGNOSTIC

The CAT Diagnostic feature is for Caterpillar electronic engines and will refer the operator to look at the port or starboard Caterpillar Engine Monitoring System (EMS) on the gauge panel at the helm. See page 2.19 for more information on the EMS gauge unit.

* Function has an audible alarm

2.18

40 Motor Yacht ( 415 Motor Yacht)

S

ECTION

2 • G

ENERAL

B

OAT

A

RRANGEMENT

I. E

NGINE

M

ONITORING

S

YSTEM

(EMS)

(C

ATERPILLAR

® D

IESEL

O

PTION

O

NLY

)

Your yacht may be equipped with the Caterpillar ®

Engine Monitoring System (EMS) which incorporates three individual gauge units per engine.

They are the Main EMS Gauge, Quad Gauge and

Tachometer.

M

AIN

EMS G

AUGE

U

NIT

(F

IG

. 2.19.1)

J. S

EA

R

AY

N

AVIGATOR

(SRN) (O

PTIONAL

)

Your boat may be equipped with the optional Sea

Ray Navigator. The SRN is an onboard computer touch screen navigation aid capable of navigating you through the waters and your boat.

S

EA

R

AY

N

AVIGATOR

(O

PTIONAL

)

(F

IG

. 2.19.2)

+

-

PWR

NAVIGATOR

Refer to the Owner’s Manual Packet for more information about your gauge display operation and instructions.

M

AIN

EMS D

ISPLAY

EMS is an electronic monitoring system designed to display various engine/transmission parameters.

The main EMS gauge has ten (two rows of five indicators to display system related diagnostics. A digital LCD is functional to scroll through the different engine/transmission parameters monitored. A port and starboard scroll switch is located at the stbd control station.

The parameters monitored by the EMS include the following functions:

• Engine Overspeed (Main and Back-up Speed

Sensors)

• Engine Oil Pressure

• Engine Coolant Temperature and Coolant Level

• Transmission Oil Pressure and Oil Temperature

• Percent Load (Actuator)

• Fuel Rate (Throttle)

• Engine Hours

Some features include:

• Sea Ray Navigator (Charts, GPS and

Navigation)

• Contour (Contour and Depth of Ocean Floor)

• Tides & Currents (For your location & destination)

• Weather (Satellite)

• Virtual captain (Owner’s Manual)

• Help (Sea Ray Navigation Owner’s Manual)

(NOTE: Chart and contour data for your area may need to be installed. Maptech ® is continually updating software and systems. Some features may still be under development. Refer to the SRN owner’s manual in the owner’s packet for all SRN operating instructions.)

To turn ON the SRN press the “PWR” switch on the face of the unit. Under normal operating conditions the power switch on the SRN power supply under the helm should be left in the ON position.

40 Motor Yacht ( 415 Motor Yacht) 2.19

S

ECTION

2 • G

ENERAL

B

OAT

A

RRANGEMENT

The SRN power supply is powered through the 12 volt electronics fuse block under the helm. If the

SRN fails to turn on check the power switch on the

SRN power supply and the fuse on the fuse block.

REFER TO OWNER’S MANUAL PACKET FOR

INSTRUCTIONS AND WARRANTY INFORMATION.

13. N

AVIGATION AND

A

NCHOR

L

IGHTS

Navigation lights MUST be on while underway from sunset to sunrise or in conditions of reduced visibility. “Underway” means the boat is not docked or at anchor. Trolling or drifting with engine off is considered “underway” and navigation lights must be used.

If you are anchored in open water, i.e. where other boats can approach yours, you must display your anchor light: a white light that can be seen from all possible directions, i.e. 360 degrees.

Read the “Federal Requirements and Safety Tips for Recreational Boats” provided in your kit.

N

AVIGATION

L

IGHTS

(F

IG

. 2.20.1)

RED LIGHT

(VISIBLE 2

NAUTICAL MILES)

MAST LIGHT,

WHITE LIGHT

(VISIBLE 3

NAUTICAL MILES)

GREEN LIGHT

(VISIBLE 2

NAUTICAL MILES)

T

O

O

PERATE

T

HE

R

UNNING

L

IGHTS

:

Push RUNNING switch on control station switch panel to the ON position.

T

O

O

PERATE

T

HE

A

NCHOR

L

IGHTS

:

Push ANCHOR switch on control station switch panel to the ON position.

STERN LIGHT,

WHITE LIGHT

(VISIBLE 2

NAUTICAL MILES)

ALL-ROUND LIGHT,

WHITE LIGHT

(VISIBLE 3

NAUTICAL MILES) raise the mast light. Consider the weight of the equipment you install; be certain it is not to heavy for your sport spoiler or optional hard top.

A. C

ONSOLE

D

IMMER

There is a DIMMER control switch located on the control station switch panel which controls the intensity of the gauge and switch panel lights. The gauge and switch panel lights are energized when the navigation running lights are turned on.

If you opt to install additional equipment on the hard top, it then becomes your responsibility to reevaluate your lighting situation to make certain the navigation lights on your boat meet government navigational lighting requirements. You will most likely have to

2.20

40 Motor Yacht ( 415 Motor Yacht)

S

ECTION

2 • G

ENERAL

B

OAT

A

RRANGEMENT

14. S

WITCH AND

R

ECEPTACLE

L

AYOUT

(

FORWARD

)

S

WITCHS

& R

ECEPTACLES

(F

IG

. 2.21.1)

B

A

C

S

R

68

INSIDE

OUTSIDE

COOL

HEAT

MANUAL

COOLING

HEATING

DOWN SET UP

TEMP

COOL OFF HEAT

SLOW FAN FAST

SMX tr

D

E

F

Q

C S

S

C

N O

P

G

T

H

M

T

G

I

J K

S C

S

C

L

H

A

B

C

D

E

F

ACCENT LIGHTING

STATEROOM LIGHT

110 VOLT RECEPTACLE

GALLEY LIGHTS

POWER VENT FUSE

GALLEY POWER VENT

I

J

K

L

G

H

GFI RECEPTACLE

12 VOLT ACCESSORY PLUG

SALON LIGHTS

BILGE

SALON INDIRECT LIGHTS

TELEPHONE RECEPTACLE

O

P

Q

R

M

N

WASTE LEVEL INDICATOR

HEAD CEILING LIGHT

POWER VENT FUSE

POWER VENT

CO MONITOR

A/C CONTROL UNIT

S

T

220V RECEPTACLE (EUROPEAN

OPTION)

RESIDUAL CURRENT CIRCUIT

BREAKER (RCCB) (EUROPEAN

OPTION)

40 Motor Yacht ( 415 Motor Yacht) 2.21

S

ECTION

2 • G

ENERAL

B

OAT

A

RRANGEMENT

S

WITCH AND

R

ECEPTACLE

L

AYOUT

(

AFT

)

S

WITCHS

& R

ECEPTACLES

(F

IG

. 2.22.1)

A

B

E

R

S

C

D

K

68

INSIDE

OUTSIDE

COOL

HEAT

MANUAL

COOLING

HEATING

DOWN SET UP

TEMP

COOL

OFF

HEAT

SLOW FAN FAST

SMX tr

E

R

Q

F

S

P

O

M

L

G H

I

A

SHORE MAIN

240VAC J

N

M

68

INSIDE

OUTSIDE

COOL

HEAT

MANUAL

COOLING

HEATING

DOWN SET UP

TEMP

COOL OFF HEAT

SLOW FAN FAST

SMXtr

L

K

2.22

A

B

C

D

E

F

G

CO MONITOR

VACUUM HOSE INLET

MASTER STATEROOM

SHOWER

MASTER STATEROOM

VANITY

GFI RECEPTACLE

110 VOLT RECEPTACLE

MASTER STATEROOM HEAD

H

I

J

K

L

M

N

O

POWER VENT

WASTE LEVEL INDICATOR

TELEPHONE PLUG

A/C CONTROL UNIT

MASTER STATEROOM

MASTER STATEROOM ACCENT LIGHTS

SHORE POWER BREAKER

12 VOLT RECEPTACLE

R

S

P

Q

SALON INDIRECT LIGHTING

TV SIGNAL SELECTOR

220V RECEPTACLE (EUROPEAN OPTION)

RESIDUAL CURRENT CIRCUIT BREAKER

(RCCB) (EUROPEAN OPTION)

40 Motor Yacht ( 415 Motor Yacht)

S

ECTION

2 • G

ENERAL

B

OAT

A

RRANGEMENT

S

WITCH AND

R

ECEPTACLE

L

AYOUT

(

COCKPIT

)

S

WITCHS

& R

ECEPTACLES

(F

IG

. 2.23.1)

J

I

H G

A

B

C

D

E

F

G

COCKPIT A/C (OPTIONAL)

COCKPIT TV HOOKUP

COCKPIT GFI

CABIN STEREO

COCKPIT STEREO

COCKPIT LIGHTS

SALON STEP LIGHTS

H

I

J

K

SALON CENTER LIGHTS

SALON PERIMETER LIGHTS

12 VOLT RECEPTACLE

FIRE EXTINGUISHER MANUAL

PULL

L

M

220V RECEPTACLE

(EUROPEAN OPTION)

RESIDUAL CURRENT

CIRCUIT BREAKER (RCCB)

(EUROPEAN OPTION)

K

MANUA

L AUTOM

ATIC

G SYST

Upon sy stem dis

Engine

Electric

EM charge, sh ut down al Syste ms

FOR MA

REMO

PERATIO

VE PI N

D

C

E

F

B

A

68

INSIDE

OUTSIDE

COOL

HEAT

MANUAL

COOLING

HEATING

DOWN SET UP

TEMP

COOL OFF HEAT

SLOW

FAN

FAST

L

M

INSIDE CABINET

40 Motor Yacht ( 415 Motor Yacht) 2.23

S

ECTION

2 • G

ENERAL

B

OAT

A

RRANGEMENT

15. L

IGHTING

L

AYOUT

L

IGHTING

(F

IG

. 2.24.1)

A

A A

B

BULB REPLACEMENT

HALOGEN 12V 10W

BI-PRONG

BULB REPLACEMENT

HALOGEN 12V 10W

BI-PRONG

C

B

C

B

B

B B

B

B

B

E

C

C

C

B

E

B

B

B

B

B

B

E

D

E

D

D

B

D

B B

B

B

B

C

A

B

B B

B

A

B

D

BULB REPLACEMENT

FUSE TYPE BULB

#12864 12V 5W

BULB REPLACEMENT

HALOGEN 12V 10W

BI-PRONG

E

BILGE

BULB REPLACEMENT

BULB#CEC1141

2.24

40 Motor Yacht ( 415 Motor Yacht)

S

ECTION

2 • G

ENERAL

B

OAT

A

RRANGEMENT

L

IGHTING

L

AYOUT

L

IGHTING

(F

IG

. 2.25.1)

A

B

BULB REPLACEMENT

HALOGEN 12V 10W

BI-PRONG

BULB REPLACEMENT

HALOGEN 12V 10W

BI-PRONG

B

A

A

B

A

B

A A

B

A

40 Motor Yacht ( 415 Motor Yacht) 2.25

S

ECTION

2 • G

ENERAL

B

OAT

A

RRANGEMENT

THIS PAGE LEFT INTENTIONALLY BLANK

2.26

40 Motor Yacht ( 415 Motor Yacht)

S

ECTION

3 • U

SING

Y

OUR

B

OAT

1.P

RE

-L

AUNCH

, L

AUNCH AND

P

OST

-

L

AUNCH

C

HECKLIST

Listed below are the critical items you must check and do each time you use your boat. It does not list all of the necessary maintenance and service items required to keep your boat running properly. These other items are found in Section 8.

B

EFORE

L

AUNCH

Drain plug installed

Enough fuel for trip

Float plan given to friend or relative

Navigation charts for trip

Weather forecast - safe

I

N THE

W

ATER

, B

EFORE

B

OARDING

P

ASSENGERS OR

S

TARTING

E

NGINE

Equipment stored and balanced

No gas smell in engine compartment

Engine oil and steering fliud levels - OK

Battery switch on

Bilge pump working

Bilge blower on

Radio and navigation equipment functioning

P

ASSENGERS

Wearing PFDs

Seated properly

Given safety instructions

Bilge blower on for at least four (4) minutes.

Feel to confirm airflow at hull vent on hull side.

Inspect bilge area for visual and odor confirmation that there are no fuel leaks.

Gear shift in neutral position. Throttle pumped before starting, if necessary.

Oil pressure, engine temperature, voltage - OK after starting and warm up.

U

NDERWAY

Gradual acceleration and deceleration and turning.

Aware of surroundings at all times.

Operate so as to prevent buildup of Carbon

Monoxide (CO)

Monitor weather

Use navigational aids in water and on shore

Keep passengers safe

Check fuel consumption regularly

Check all gauges frequently

E

ND OF

T

RIP

Equipment dry and stored.

Electronic equipment and switches off.

Battery switch off.

Notify person who had float plan.

Boat covered properly for trailering, docking or mooring.

If boat is pulled from water, drain plug removed.

If boat is pulled from water, hull and propeller inspected for damage.

S

TARTING

E

NGINE

Make sure you have read and understand the dangers of Carbon Monoxide (CO) information in this manual.

40 Motor Yacht ( 415 Motor Yacht) 3.1

S

ECTION

3 • U

SING

Y

OUR

B

OAT

2. F

UELING

T

HE

B

OAT

Cer tain precautions must be carefully and completely observed every time a boat is fueled, even with diesel fuel. Diesel fuel is nonexplosive but it will burn.

3.2

! DANGER

NO SMOKING

GASOLINE VAPORS ARE EXPLOSIVE

NOTICE

GASOLINE RECOMMENDATIONS

Minimum octane rating of 87 AKI.

Refer to the engine owner’s manual for additional information

! DANGER

Gasoline vapors can explode from static electricity if fueling is not done properly.

Read and understand this section

NOTICE

OPTIONAL DIESEL RECOMMENDATIONS

#2 Diesel Fuel

F

UEL

F

ILL

L

OCATIONS

(F

IG

. 3.2.1)

STBD FUEL FILL

PORT FUEL FILL

Check the fill plate label to ensure that fuel is placed

ONLY in the fuel tank. The fuel fill plates are located on the starboard deck walkway.

A. G

ENERAL

• Fuel during daylight.

• If possible, position the boat with the starboard side against the fueling dock so that the fuel caps are easily accessible from the dock.

• Fire extinguisher – close at hand.

• Mooring – tie boat securely to fueling pier.

• Crew – at least one knowledgeable person present.

• Passengers – unnecessary people off the boat.

• Power – shut off engines, bilge blowers and all other electrical equipment.

• Close all hatches, doors and keep engine compartment closed to prevent gaasoline fumes from entering the cabin or cockpit areas.

• Smoking material – no smoking or any flames within 20 feet of the boat, before, during and for at least 5 minutes after fueling is complete .

• Fuel nozzle – must be in contact with fuel fill opening BEFORE adding fuel to prevent static sparks.

• Avoid spills – fill less than rated capacity of tank; allow for fuel expansion.

B. F

ILLING

T

HE

T

ANK

• Keep nozzle in contact with fuel fill opening at all times during fueling.

• Listen as the tank fills and stop adding fuel before it spills from the fuel fill opening. Gasoline must have room for expansion.

C. A

FTER

F

ILLING

• Fuel tank - secure filler cap.

• DO NOT wash spilled fuel overboard. Wipe up

40 Motor Yacht ( 415 Motor Yacht)

S

ECTION

3 • U

SING

Y

OUR

B

OAT any spill with rags or paper towels and dispose of them properly on shore.

• Sniff test - open engine compartment and check for gasoline fumes. If fumes are detected, leave engine compartment open until no gasoline odor is apparent. Close compartment.

• If fumes in the engine compartment (bilge) do not disappear, do not turn on blower or start engines. Get help from trained and experienced persons brfore using the boat.

• If fumes are not present, turn on bilge blower for four minutes (minimum), then start engines.

• Passengers may now be reboarded.

• Know your fuel capacity and consumption.

Record the amount of fuel used since your last fill up, and compute the engine’s hourly fuel usage. As a fuel gauge backup check, deduct the average hourly fuel usage from fuel tank capacity.

• Observe the “Rule of Thirds”: one-third fuel for trip out, one-third for return and one-third for reserve.

• Allow an additional 15 percent fuel reserve when operating in rough seas.

3. B

OARDING

! WARNING

Wet decks are slippery.

You can be seriously injured if you slip and fall.

Wear slip-resistant footwear secured to your feet and hold onto rails or boat structure.

• DO NOT overload the boat. Refer to builder’s plate located near the helm (See Figure 1.6.1).

Load to less than capacity in adverse conditions.

• Board one person at a time and give assistance as needed.

• Transfer gear and equipment by handing it from a person on the dock to a person on board. You can lose your balance and be injured if you attempt to board while carrying equipment or gear.

• Distribute the weight of equipment and passengers as evenly as possible to keep the boat balanced.

• Stow gear and equipment so that it is accessible, but everything is to be stored in places so as to prevent it from flying about if the boat encounters rough water or weather.

4. P

ERSONAL

F

LOTATION

D

EVICES

(PFD’

S

)

• Operator must instruct all passengers on location and use of PFD’s (See Section 1-

Safety, page 4 for type and usage).

• Children less than sixteen (16) years of age and all non-swimmers, adults as well as children, must wear properly-sized PFDs at all times when aboard.

• ALL passengers should wear PFDs. By the time someone falls overboard, it can be to late for them to put on a PFD and fasten it properly.

This is especially true in colder waters, below

70 o F, where survival time, before hypothermia sets in, is measured in minutes.

• If there are passengers not wearing PFDs, the

PFDs must be readily accessible. “Readily accessible” means out of the storage bag and unbuckled.

• All throwable flotation devices (cushions, rings, etc.) must be right at hand.

5. P

ASSENGER

I

NSTRUCTION AND

L

OCATION

• Everyone on board must be told about the boat’s behavior from starting to getting up on plane.

40 Motor Yacht ( 415 Motor Yacht) 3.3

S

ECTION

3 • U

SING

Y

OUR

B

OAT

• Before the operator does any high-speed maneuvers or rapidly accelerates or decelerates the boat, passengers must be warned to sit and hold on and must heed the warning.

• The operator may have to make rapid changes in speed and/or direction to avoid a problem, with little or no time for alerting passengers. It is critical that all passengers be seated in the designated seating areas and holding on to prevent falling overboard or getting knocked about in the boat at all times when the boat is underway.

6. S

TARTING

T

HE

E

NGINES

! DANGER

Gasoline vapors can explode

Before starting the engines, open engine compartment and check for gasoline smell.

• If you smell gasoline, do not start engine; get everyone off the boat and get trained help to find and fix the problem.

If there is no gasoline smell, perform checks specified by manual, then and only then, close engine compartment and run blower for at least 4 minutes before starting.

find and fix the problem before starting the engines or operating any switches on the boat.Do not start the engines until the source of fumes is determined and corrected and the bilge area is safely ventilated.

• If you DO NOT smell gasoline:

1. Place battery solenoids in

ENERGIZED position. Battery solenoid switches are located on the main DC breaker panel in the engine room and the DC distribution panel located behind an access door in the port aft salon. (see Section 6 – Electrical

System, Fig. 6.8.1 & 6.9.1).

2. Check all fluid levels and any other necessary checks as specified in Section 8 and in the engine manual.

3. Verify that bilge pumps are operating by depressing the bilge pump switch and listening for the pump running and check to see that water is being pumped overboard.

The engine operation and maintenance manual furnished with your boat describes pre-start and starting procedures. The following notes are basic reminders and not intended to cover every detail of starting. We urge you to thoroughly read and understand your engine manual.

4.

Check the fuel tank levels. Be sure you have enough fuel for your trip. Remember the “Rule of Thirds”. Use no more than

1/3 of your fuel for the outbound

F

1/2

E trip; use 1/3 of the fuel for the return trip; keep

1/3 of the fuel for reserve in case of emergency.

Listed below are basic pre-start and starting reminders. These are not a substitute for the engine manufacturer’s specific recommendations.

Open the engine compartment and check for the smell of gasoline.

5.

Check engines for coolant drain plug installations.

• If you smell gasoline, get everyone off the boat, do not operate any electrical switches or light any matches, lighters, etc. Get trained help to

3.4

! WARNING

DO NOT run the engine or generator in an enclosed area, such as a closed boat house, as there is the possibility of buildup and inhaling of carbon monoxide.

40 Motor Yacht ( 415 Motor Yacht)

S

ECTION

3 • U

SING

Y

OUR

B

OAT

6.

7.

Check seacocks for open position

Make sure strainers are clean and water tight (see Section

4 – Bilge and Underwater

Gear, page 4.11).

8. Run bilge blowers for at least

4 minutes before attempting to start engine

Unlike your automobile engine which is naturally ventilated even when it is not moving, your boat engine compartment (the bilge) does not have sufficient natural ventilation when the boat is not moving or moving slowly. That is why the engine compartment must have forced ventilation, using the bilge blowers, to remove potentially explosive gasoline vapors, before the engine is started and when the boat is moving slowly.

Because it may be difficult to remember to turn on the bilge blowers every time you slow down the boat, it is recommended that the bilge blowers run all the time when the engines are running.

• To Start The Engine

10. Place control station ignition switches in RUN position.

11. Tur n on the master key switches located on the DC distribution panel (see Section

6 – Electrical System, Fig.

6.9.1). Listen for alarms which indicate ignition power.

12. After ignition power is verified, check that the gear shift lever(s) are in the NEUTRAL position and the throttle lever(s) are at the IDLE position.

For a:

G

E

A

R

COLD ENGINE - Move throttle lever forward to full open throttle, then return to about 1/4 throttle.

WARM ENGINE - Move throttle lever about 1/4 open throttle position. DO NOT pump lever.

T

H

R

O

L

E

T

T

FLOODED ENGINE - move throttle lever to full open position. DO NOT pump lever. When engine starts, move throttle back rapidly to decrease engine speed to between 1000 and

1500 rpm.

13. Push on the top of the ignition switches until the engines start. Do not operate starter for more than

10 seconds without allowing starter to cool for two (2) minutes. This will also allow the batteries to recover between starting attempts. Once engine has started and sufficient oil pressure is achieved, alarm buzzer will stop.

Important: Check engine RPM on tachometer as soon as engine starts. Do not allow RPM

to exceed 1,500. Move throttle lever down to decrease RPM.

14. Check the oil pressure. If correct, let the engines warm up to normal temperature

40 Motor Yacht ( 415 Motor Yacht)

0

80

40

420

280

140

3.5

0

0

S

ECTION

3 • U

SING

Y

OUR

B

OAT range as specified in the engine manual before shifting into forward or reverse gear. If engine is cold, run for a short period of time at fast idle speed that does not exceed 1500 RPM. IF OIL

PRESSURE GOES ABOVE OR BELOW

OPERATING RANGE, SHUT ENGINE DOWN

IMMEDIATELY. GET TRAINED HELP TO FIND

AND FIX THE PROBLEM.

15. Look at exhaust port to assure that engine is pumping water.

E

NGINE

S

HIFT AND

T

HROTTLE

F

UNCTIONS

(H

YDRAULIC

)

(F

IG

. 3.6.1)

PORT STBD PORT STBD

FULL

THROTTLE

FORWARD

NEUTRAL

VARIABLE

IF ENGINE TEMPERATURE

GOES ABOVE NORMAL RANGE,

SHUT DOWN THE ENGINES

IMMEDIATELY. GET TRAINED

HELP TO FIND AND FIX THE

PROBLEM.

250

100

80

60

175

100

0

0

NOTE (Diesel Option Only): If your yacht is equipped with the Caterpillar ® EMS (Engine

Monitoring System), the Caterpillar ® gauges on the control station gauge panel will undergo an automatic self-test on power-up. While executing this internal test, the display will also provide a visual indication by ramping gauges and displaying all digits to the operator that the panel is (or is not) functioning properly. Refer to your Engine Owner’s Manual in the Owner’s Manual Packet.

NOTE: For general operation of the boat, its instruments and the engine, follow detailed instructions on “Engine Break-in” in the Engine

Operator’s Manual.

REFER TO OWNER’S MANUAL PACKET FOR

INSTRUCTIONS AND WARRANTY INFORMATION.

REVERSE

ENGINE GEARSHIFTS ENGINE THROTTLES

IDLE indent can be felt when the control is in exact

NEUTRAL.

Move gear lever quickly, either forward or reverse.

FORWARD and REVERSE positions should always be in full travel extremes in either direction for a positive engagement and minimum wear.

Once clear of the dock, mooring, people and/or the no-wake zone and the boat has been shifted into forward gear, move throttle lever forward to desired engine speed.

! WARNING

Shift selector(s) to NEUTRAL before starting engines.

Shift only when engine is at IDLE.

Reversing at high speeds can cause flooding/ swamping due to water being pushed over the transom.

7. S

HIFTING

T

O

D

RIVE

T

HE

B

OAT

Move throttle lever to idle position.

The gear shift lever for each engine (twin lever controls on port side of the control station) has three positions: FORWARD, NEUTRAL and REVERSE.

The control lever must be in the NEUTRAL (center) position when starting the engine(s). A positioning

! CAUTION

Shift quickly; easing into gear can damage the transmission.

Hydraulic controls FORWARD and REVERSE positions should always be in full travel extremes in either direction for positive engagement and minimum wear.

3.6

40 Motor Yacht ( 415 Motor Yacht)

S

ECTION

3 • U

SING

Y

OUR

B

OAT

8. S

TOPPING

T

HE

E

NGINES

1. Bring throttle controls to

IDLE position.

2. Bring gear shift controls to

NEUTRAL position.

G

E

A

R

L

E

O

T

T

T

H

R

NOTICE

Pre-start generator prior to getting underway as there is a possibility that it will not pick up water if started underway. Make sure the MAIN GENERATOR breaker is OFF and there is no load on the generator before starting it.

3. Depress bottom of engine switches at control station.

! WARNING

DO NOT run the engine or generator in an enclosed area, such as a closed boat house, as there is the possibility of buildup and inhaling of carbon monoxide.

4. Secure mooring lines.

5. Turn master key switches to

OFF.

6. If you are leaving the boat for an extended period of time, turn OFF the battery switches.

F

OR

D

IESEL

O

PTION

O

NLY

:

Idle for five (5) minutes to cool the engines before stopping engines and turning master key switches to OFF..

determined and corrected and the bilge area is

safely ventilated. Run the bilge blowers for at least four minutes before starting and any time the generator is running.

(Remote start/run and stop switches are located on the main distribution panel in the aft salon.)

1.

Check fuel tank levels.

2.

Check oil and coolant levels.

See Generator Operator’s

Manual for proper readings.

3.

Check generator for coolant drain plug installation.

4.

Open the generator seacock.

F

1/2

E

9. S

TARTING

T

HE

G

ENERATOR

Sea Ray ® strongly urges you to fully comply with the manual provided by the generator manufacturer. The generator is warranted separately by the generator manufacturer, NOT Sea Ray ® . Follow the recommended maintenance and warranty schedule in your Generator Operator’s Manual included in the

Owner’s Manual Packet. Generator abuse or improper maintenance may adversely affect claims made under generator manufacturer separate warranty.

If fuel fumes are detected, do not start the generator until the source of fumes is

40 Motor Yacht ( 415 Motor Yacht)

5. Place generator battery solenoid in ENERGIZED position. Battery solenoid switches are located on the main DC breaker panel in the engine room and the DC distribution panel located behind an access door in the port aft salon. (see

Section 6 – Electrical System, Fig. 6.9.1).

3.7

S

ECTION

3 • U

SING

Y

OUR

B

OAT

6.

Depress top of Generator

ON switch located on the

DC main distribution panel located in the aft salon.

11. S

HORE

P

OWER

H

OOKUP

The 240/120 VAC main distribution panel distributes the required voltage for all the boat’s AC equipment and accessories. It is very important to know and understand where the power originates and how the power is distributed to the different voltage equipment and accessories.

7.

Depress top of generator start/run switch on the main distribution panel until generator starts, then release switch.

8.

Check generator exhaust port (stbd) to verify that water is flowing. If not, shut generator down and refer to your Generator Operator’s Manual.

To connect to shore power:

1.

Assure that the main shore power breakers (located on the aft wall of the master stateroom aft hanging closet) are turned OFF.

SHORE MAIN

240VAC

READ THE OWNER’S MANUAL IN THE

OWNER’S MANUAL PACKET FOR YOUR

GENERATOR MODEL.

2.

Turn all AC systems and branch circuit breakers OFF.

10. S

TOPPING THE

G

ENERATOR

1.

Prior to generator shut down turn OFF all AC equipment and breakers including main breakers and allow the generator to run a few minutes to cool down. If desired, transfer to shore power.

2.

Stop the generator by switching START/RUN switch on DC distribution panel to STOP position.

3.

Leave stop switch on main distribution panel in the stop position when generator is not in use to prevent overheating electric fuel valve.

Note: After the generator stops, the multiplex system must reset for 20-30 seconds and then may be restarted at any time.

REFER TO OWNER’S MANUAL PACKET FOR

INSTRUCTIONS AND WARRANTY INFORMATION.

Slide the source selector to expose the

SHORE breaker and assure that the shore breaker is OFF.

!

WARNING

Under no circumstances override the source select system.

3. Attach shore cord(s)

(located in transom storage locker) to power plugs located on the port aft transom of the boat.

OR:

40 Motor Yacht ( 415 Motor Yacht)

3.8

S

ECTION

3 • U

SING

Y

OUR

B

OAT

!

CAUTION

The use of extension shore power cords is not recommended. Excessive power cord extensions can cause a voltage drop and may prevent some electronic devices from operating correctly.

!

CAUTION

Shore power cord should be secured or routed to avoid laying or falling into water and to avoid stress on shore power plug and inlet.

6. Check the POWER lights on the main distribution panel. The

POWER lights should be ON. If not have the dockmaster check the dockside power.

If equipped with the optional cablemaster, using the remote switch located above the transom shower, advance the shore power cord to dockside power box.

7. Tur n ON SHORE breaker.

Verify proper voltage.(240

Volt System: 220V to

250V) - (International 220

Volt System: 205V to

230V).

8. Individual breakers and switches can now be energized.

4.

Ensure dockside breaker is OFF, then plug the shore power cord into the shore power outlet box on the dock and turn dockside circuit breaker ON.

!

CAUTION

It is imperative that the shore power outlet is dry before plugging into the dock power inlet.

5.

Switch the main shore power breakers ON.

SHORE MAIN

240VAC

12. S

HIFTING

F

ROM

S

HORE

P

OWER

TO

G

ENERATOR

P

OWER

1.

Turn all AC systems and branch circuit breakers OFF. Assure that the generator and shore power source breakers are OFF.

40 Motor Yacht ( 415 Motor Yacht) 3.9

S

ECTION

3 • U

SING

Y

OUR

B

OAT

2.

Start the generator (See page 3.7).

3.

Slide the source select switch to expose the

GENERATOR branch switch on the AC panel and turn it ON.

H

YDRAULIC

P

OWER STEERING

S

YSTEM

(F

IG

. 3.10.1)

E

D

C

F

B

A

4.

Individual breakers and switches can now be energized.

A STARBOARD OUTBOARD STRINGER

B STARBOARD RUDDER POST

C RUDDER ANGLE INDICATOR

D STEERING RAM

E PORT RUDDER POST

F AUTOPILOT RUDDER REFERENCE ARM (OPTIONAL)

13. S

TEERING

S

YSTEM

The hydraulic power steering system uses the boat's engines to provide the “power” for the steering system, via a mechanical or electrical motor driven hydraulic pump.

A manual hydraulic steering system, consisting of a helm and a hydraulic cylinder (fitted with an integral servo cylinder and a power steering valve), supplies the “control” portion of the steering system.

Under normal conditions, with engines running, a hydraulic oil supply is in a standby mode, ready to be directed to the steering cylinder as dictated by the steering wheel, servo cylinder and power steering valve. Turning the steering wheel left or right makes the system go from “standby” into

“operating” mode and move the steering cylinder accordingly.

In the event of a power source failure, hydraulic oil from the steering helm is automatically diverted into the servo and steering cylinder, providing the helmsman with manual backup steering.

An oil reservoir located on the aft component board in the bilge allows easy fill and assists the in-line cooler in cooling the hydraulic oil. An in-line oil filter helps to protect the steering system components against contaminants.

A. A

UTO

P

ILOT

(O

PTIONAL

)

If equipped, the auto pilot course computer is located on the control station component board under the control station.

The autopilot controls are located on the control station (See figure 2.7.2) and the autopilot pump is located in the aft bilge which can be accessed through a hatch in the master stateroom head.

REFER TO OWNER’S MANUAL PACKET FOR

INSTRUCTIONS AND WARRANTY INFORMATION.

3.10

40 Motor Yacht ( 415 Motor Yacht)

S

ECTION

3 • U

SING

Y

OUR

B

OAT

14. A

NCHORING

A. A

NCHORING

A

RRANGEMENT

The 40 MY is equipped with a windlass and an

A

NCHOR

A

RRANGEMENT

(F

IG

. 3.11.1)

B

A

H

C

G

F

D

E

A

B

C

D

ANCHOR (IN CHUTE)

STARBOARD CHAIN LOCKER

WINDLASS

V-BERTH HATCH

E PORT BOW LOCKER

F

G

H

WINDLASS FOOT SWITCHES

SAFETY LANYARD

CHAIN STOP anchor chute. Stow the anchor in the chute when not in use.

NOTE: Before using the anchor, be sure the anchor safety hook is removed from the anchor, the chain stop is released from the chain and the anchor is secured to the windlass chain.

B. A

NCHORING

To anchor, bring the bow into the wind or current and put the engine in neutral. When the vessel comes to a stop, lower the anchor from the bow. The anchor line should be 5 to 7 times the depth of the water.

Proper anchoring requires knowledge of RODE and

SCOPE. Read this section carefully, understanding the relationship between rode, scope and anchor performance.

The rode is the line connecting the anchor to the boat. The 40 MY utilizes an all-chain anchor rode.

The scope is technically defined as the ratio of the rode length to the vertical distance from the bow to the sea floor.

Since you want to know how much rode to use when anchoring, the formula is:

Rode Length = (Bow Height + Water Depth) x Scope

• Scope depends on the type of anchor, bottom, tide, wind and sea conditions.

• Minimum is 5:1 for calm conditions; norm is 7:1; severe conditions may require 10:1.

Example:

Rode Length = (3 feet + 10 feet) x 7

Rode Length = 13 feet x 7

Rode Length = 91 feet

NOTE: Scope factor may range from 5 to 10 or more. Less than 5, the anchor breaks out too easily.

A

NCHORING

(F

IG

. 3.11.2)

C

40 Motor Yacht ( 415 Motor Yacht)

A

B

RODE LENGTH = (BOW HEIGHT + WATER DEPTH) X SCOPE

D

A BOW HEIGHT

B

C

D

RODE

ANCHOR

WATER DEPTH

3.11

S

ECTION

3 • U

SING

Y

OUR

B

OAT

C. L

OWERING

A

NCHOR

• Be sure there is adequate rode.

• Secure rode to both the anchor and the boat.

• Stop boat completely before lowering anchor.

• If using windlass, refer to windlass operator’s manual.

• Keep feet clear of coiled line.

• Turn on anchor light when at anchor or drifting

(not under power).

D. S

ETTING

A

NCHOR

• There is no best way to set an anchor.

Experiment to see how your anchor performs.

• One method is to turn the rode around a bit and slowly pay out as the boat backs from the anchor site. When the proper scope has been reached, snub the rode quickly, causing the anchor to dig into the bottom.

• Reverse engine slowly to drive the anchor in and prevent it from dragging.

• Close chain stop.

E. W

EIGHING

A

NCHOR

• Run the boat slowly up to the anchor, taking in the rode as you go.

• The anchor will usually break out when the rode becomes vertical.

• Be careful that trailing lines do not foul in the propeller.

T

RIPLINE

A

RRANGEMENT

(F

IG

. 3.12.1)

A

B

D

C

!

WARNING

SINKING HAZARD – Anchor from the bow if using one anchor. A small current can make a stern-anchored boat unsteady; a heavy current can drag a sternanchored craft under water.

COLLISION HAZARD – Anchor only in areas where your boat will not disrupt other boats. Do not anchor in a channel or tie up to any navigational aid. It is dangerous and illegal.

NOTE: Use the fresh water washdown spigot in the port bow locker to hose down the chain in the locker after haul-in .

F. C

LEARING

A F

OULED

A

NCHOR

A fouled anchor can test your patience and ingenuity. One of the best methods of breaking free is to set a tripline before you lower anchor.

T

O

S

ET

A T

RIPLINE

:

• Attach a line to the crown or head of the anchor and the other end to a float.

• The line should be just long enough to reach the surface of the water, allowing for tides.

• A polypropylene line is a good choice because it is light, strong and floats.

• If the anchor snags, pull vertically on the tripline to lift the anchor by the crown.

G. A F

INAL

W

ORD

An anchored boat is affected by wind and sea conditions. Because there is no headway, there is

A

B

FLOAT

TRIPLINE

C

D

ANCHOR

RODE

40 Motor Yacht ( 415 Motor Yacht)

3.12

S

ECTION

3 • U

SING

Y

OUR

B

OAT no control. Be alert! If leaving the boat, be sure the anchor will hold under all circumstances.

We suggest you read this section on anchoring again and fully understand rode and scope and their affect on anchor performance.

15. W

INDLASS

The windlass is wired to the 12 volt system through the 150 amp WINDLASS fuse in the main DC breaker panel which is located on the FWD component board in the bilge

The windlass facilitates the anchoring of your yacht by automatically raising and lowering the anchor. To operate the windlass the WINDLASS MAIN switch on the control station switch panel must be ON.

• Turn the WINDLASS MAIN rocker switch ON.

• Push the top of the CONTROL rocker switch

(located beside the WINDLASS MAIN on the control station switch panel) to raise the anchor.

To lower the anchor, push the push the bottom of the rocker switch.

B. T

O OPERATE FROM THE BOW

:

• Make sure that the safety lanyard and/or chain stop are removed from the anchor chain.

• Lift protective cap on foot switches at port bow and depress UP or DOWN switch for the desired result.

W

INDLASS

B

OW

S

WITCHES

(F

IG

. 3.13.2)

FOOT

SWITCHES

W

INDLASS

S

AFETY

L

ANYARD AND

C

HAIN

S

TOP

(F

IG

. 3.13.1)

B

A

C

C. T

O OPERATE MANUALLY

:

D

B

C

A

D

WINDLASS

W / SAFETY LANYARD

ANCHOR

W / CHAIN STOP

!

WARNING

Keep hands, feet, hair and loose clothing clear of moving parts. Entanglement may cause severe bodily injury (i.e. lose of fingers or toes).

• Make sure that the safety lanyard and/or chain stop are removed from the anchor chain.

NOTICE

Use the safety hook supplied to ensure that the anchor is held in place should the windlass fail. Do not use the safety hook to support the anchor in a stored position. The windlass should always support the anchor and ensure that it is held in the roller device securely.

W

INDLASS

E

MERGENCY

H

ANDLE

(F

IG

. 3.13.3)

A. T

O OPERATE FROM THE HELM

:

• Make sure that the safety lanyard and/or chain stop (See Figure 3.13.1) are removed from the anchor chain.

40 Motor Yacht ( 415 Motor Yacht) 3.13

S

ECTION

3 • U

SING

Y

OUR

B

OAT

• Insert the emergency handle (located in the stbd bow locker) into the clutch nut.

• Turn handle clockwise to retrieve anchor.

D. M

AINTENANCE

:

! DANGER

Make sure that the power is off before any work is performed on the windlass.

• Periodically check the motor and control box electrical connections, remove any residue and cover the connections with a small coating of grease.

It is recommended at least once a year to disassemble the windlass and remove any residue build-up.

• Using the emergency handle ( located under the stbd bow locker cover), unscrew the clutch nut by turning the handle counterclockwise.

• Remove the drum, upper cone, chain wheel and lower cone.

• Wash down with fresh water and remove any residue.

• Coat contact surfaces with a light film of lubricant.

• Reassemble the unit and tighten clutch by turning the handle clockwise.

NOTE: Use the fresh water washdown spigot in the port bow locker to hose down the chain in the locker after haul-in.

NOTICE

It is important that the windlass clutch is tight for proper operation and safety. Periodically check the clutch and tighten if necessary.

To Tighten Clutch:

With the anchor in the stowed position, tighten the windlass clutch by inserting the emergency handle into the clutch nut (see Fig. 3.14.1) and turn clockwise.

REFER TO WINDLASS OPERATOR’S MANUAL IN

YOUR OWNER’S PACKET FOR DETAILED

OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS.

16. B

OW

T

HRUSTER

(O

PTIONAL

)

The bow thruster is electrically driven and gives the operator more maneuverability of the bow when

W

INDLASS

(M

AINTENANCE

P

ROFILE

)

(F

IG

. 3.14.1)

A

B

A EMERGENCY

HANDLE

B CLUTCH NUT

C

D

DRUM

UPPER CONE

E CHAIN

PULLEY

F LOWER CONE

C

B

OW

T

HRUSTER

O

PERATION

(F

IG

. 3.14.2)

THRUST

BOW

DIRECTION

BOW THRUSTER

TOGGLE CONTROL

(SEE FIGURE 2.7.2)

THRUST

D

E

F

40 Motor Yacht ( 415 Motor Yacht)

3.14

S

ECTION

3 • U

SING

Y

OUR

B

OAT docking or maneuvering the vessel in narrow channels or where space is at a premium.

The bow thruster is located forward of utility room and can be accessed by lifting the galley steps and entering the utility room.

T

O

O

PERATE THE

B

OW

T

HRUSTER

• Activate the bow thruster by turning the 24V

BOW THRUSTER switch ON. The switch is located on the control station switch panel (See figure 2.8.2).

• By manipulating the the joy stick also located on the control station the operator is able to move the bow slowly to port and starboard.

The bow thruster motor is equipped with an internal thermally activated breaker. The thermal breaker protects the motor from overheating. When the thermal breaker is activated the thruster motor will not operate and must be allowed to cool down for normal operation.

REFER TO OWNER’S MANUAL PACKET FOR

INSTRUCTIONS AND WARRANTY INFORMATION.

40 Motor Yacht ( 415 Motor Yacht) 3.15

S

ECTION

3 • U

SING

Y

OUR

B

OAT

THIS PAGE LEFT INTENTIONALLY BLANK

3.16

40 Motor Yacht ( 415 Motor Yacht)

S

ECTION

4 • B

ILGE

& U

NDERWATER

G

EAR

1. B

ILGE

A. F

UEL

& O

IL

S

PILLAGE

Regulations prohibit discharging fuel or oily waste in navigable waters. Discharge is defined as any action which causes a film, sheen or discoloration on the water surface, or causes a sludge or emulsion beneath the water surface. A common violation is bilge discharge. Use rags or sponges to soak up fuel or oily waste, then dispose of it properly ashore.

If there is excessive amount of fuel or oil in the bilge, contact a knowledgeable marine service to remove it. Never pump contaminated bilge overboard.

As a precaution against fuel spillage,fill fuel tank(s) less than rated capacity. Allow for fuel expansion.

2. B

ILGE

P

UMPS

The 40 MY is equipped with four (4) bilge pumps, including two (2) emergency high water bilge pumps. Your yacht is also equipped with a gray water sump, with pump and float switch.

Each of the bilge pumps are equipped with switches on the control station switch panel. These switches have MANUAL and AUTO positions. When the switch is in the MANUAL position, the pump will run continuously. When the switch is in the AUTO position, the pump is activated when there is enough water in the bilge to raise the float switch to its highest position; and deactivated when the water recedes. The pumps should NOT be left in the

MANUAL mode unless the bilge is being pumped out for servicing.

The emergency bilge pumps and high water float switches are wired to the systems monitor located on the dash at the control station (see “SYSTEMS

MONITOR” in Section 2 - page 2.16).

Whenever a bilge pump turns ON, either manually or automatically, the systems monitor will display which pump is active. Should the high water alarms become activated, immediate attention to the area indicated on the systems monitor panel is required.

40 Motor Yacht ( 415 Motor Yacht)

FWD B

ILGE

P

UMP

& F

LOAT

S

WITCH

(F

IG

. 4.1.1)

A B

C

MID B

ILGE

P

UMP

& F

LOAT

S

WITCH

(F

IG

. 4.1.2)

C

D

B

E

A

A EMERGENCY HIGH WATER

BILGE PUMP

B

C

EMERGENCY HIGH WATER

FLOAT SWITCH

FLOAT SWITCH

D

E

F

SHOWER SUMP

BILGE PUMP

CHECK VALVES

AFT B

ILGE

P

UMP

& F

LOAT

S

WITCH

(F

IG

. 4.1.3)

B

C

A

D

A

B

EMERGENCY HIGH

WATER FLOAT SWITCH

FORWARD BULKHEAD

C

D

EMERGENCY HIGH

WATER BILGE PUMP

CHECK VALVE

F

A

B

C

FLOAT SWITCH

CHECK VALVES

BILGE PUMP

4.1

S

ECTION

4 • B

ILGE

& U

NDERWATER

G

EAR

B

ILGE

P

UMP

A

SSEMBLY

(F

IG

. 4.2.1)

C

A

B

A PUMP HEAD/

MOTOR ASSY

B

C

DISCHARGE

IMPELLER

D WATER INLET

E LOCK TAB

E

D

!

WARNING

SINKING HAZARD – Ensure the bilge pumps are operating properly.

!

CAUTION

Run bilge pumps in the manual position only as long as necessary to remove water. Running bilge pumps dry can damage the pump motor.

Each pump is protected by a breaker on the main

DC breaker panel located on the forward component board in the bilge.

M

AINTENANCE

:

Frequently inspect the area under the float switches to ensure they are free from debris and gummy bilge oil. To clean, soak in heavy duty bilge cleaner for

10 minutes, agitating several times. Check for unrestricted operation of the float. Repeat the cleaning procedure if necessary.

Inspect the bilge pump intakes and keep them free of dirt or material which may impede the

flow of water through the pump. To clean the pump strainer, depress the lock tabs on both sides of the pump and lift the pump motor.

T

ROUBLESHOOTING

:

If water does not come out of discharge hose:

1.

Depress the breaker on the main DC breaker panel located on the forward component board

4.2

in the bilge to ensure it has not tripped.

2.

Remove the motor module to see if the impeller rotates with the power on.

3.

Remove any debris that may have accumulated in the nozzle section or strainer base.

4.

Check hose and connection on hull side for debris and proper connections.

3. B

ILGE

B

LOWERS

The two (2) bilge fans (one each port & stbd) in the forward engine room remove odors and excessive heat and provide ventilation through the hull vents. The blowers are wired through circuit breakers on the main DC breaker panel located on the forward bilge component board and are activated by a switch on the DC distribution panel on the port aft salon. The blowers can also be activated by a switch on the control station switch panel.

Run the blowers when operating below cruising speed and when vessel is at rest with the generator running to dissipate heat buildup in the bilge.

B

ILGE

B

LOWERS

(F

IG

. 4.2.2)

IN-LINE BLOWER - TYPICAL PORT AND STARBOARD

FWD

40 Motor Yacht ( 415 Motor Yacht)

S

ECTION

4 • B

ILGE

& U

NDERWATER

G

EAR

!

WARNING

EXPLOSION/FIRE HAZARD – Run blower at least four (4) minutes before starting engine or generator.

Check bilge and engine compartment for fumes.

Follow the recommended maintenance and warranty schedule in your Engine Operator’s

Manual included in the owner’s packet. Engine abuse or improper maintenance may adversely affect the claims made under the independent warranty provided by the engine manufacturer.

!

WARNING

Do not allow obstructions to interfere with bilge blower or ventilation intake operation. Engine performance may be adversely affected.

M

AINTENANCE

:

The bilge blowers should be checked periodically to ensure that all electrical connections are secured in place and that the blower motors are operating efficiently.

A. F

RESH

W

ATER

C

OOLING

S

YSTEM

The fresh water cooling system is a closed system which helps protect engines from internal corrosion and provides more even distribution of engine temperature. Change the coolant annually.

T

ROUBLESHOOTING

:

If your bilge blowers fail to operate, depress the breakers on the main DC breaker panel on the forward component board in the engine room to ensure that they have not tripped.

B. C

OOLANT

R

ECOMMENDATIONS

:

The standard mixture of water and coolant is a mixture of 30% environmentally safe, non-toxic antifreeze and 70% water, which protects to 0

°

F

(-18

°

C). This will allow the coolant to expand properly and maintain normal operating engine temperature. In colder climates, the coolant level should be increased to 50/50, which protects to -

34

°

F (-37

°

C), for proper coverage. To find engine coolant requirements for the specific engine on your yacht, refer to your Engine Owner’s

Manual in the Owner’s Manual Packet.

4. E

NGINES

The inboard engines on your yacht are the heart of your Sea Ray ® . Proper attention to and maintenance of your engines will assure you of many hours of pleasurable, safe boating and will prevent unnecessary engine problems. You must, therefore, become thoroughly familiar with all aspects of the engine’s proper operation outlined in the Engine

Operator’s Manual. A general maintenance program consists of proper lubrication, cleaning of fuel filters, fuel lines and air filters. When washing down, or at any other time, take care that water does not

enter the air inlets. Water entering the air inlets when the engines are not operating may go directly into the cylinders, resulting in rust and possibly internal engine damage.

The engines are warranted directly by the engine manufacturer, not by Sea Ray ® .

Sea Ray ® strongly urges you to fully comply with the manual provided by the engine manufacturer.

40 Motor Yacht ( 415 Motor Yacht)

5. E

NGINE

M

E

NGINE

M

OUNT

(F

IG

. 4.3.1)

OUNTS

The adjustable type engine mounts per mit adjustment sideways as well as vertically. Vertical adjustment nuts lock up or down on the threaded vertical stud, with a slot provided to allow side to side adjustment on the engine.

PLASTIC COVER

NOTE: All bolts to be torqued to 50 Ft pounds

4.3

S

ECTION

4 • B

ILGE

& U

NDERWATER

G

EAR

IMPORTANT: The large adjustment locknuts on these mounts must be tightened properly to

retain alignment. It is also advisable to spray a protective coating on the studs and nuts to prevent corrosion.

40MY E

NGINE

E

XHAUST

(F

IG

. 4.4.1)

A

6. M

ARINE

G

EARS

A. R

EDUCTION

G

EARS

A reduction gear reduces the rotating speed of the propeller shaft in relation to the engine RPM. This permits the use of a larger propeller while allowing the engine to attain its rated RPM, thereby increasing efficiency.

B. R

EVERSE

G

EARS

The reverse gear incorporates the clutch and controls the rotation of the propeller. The position of the clutch control or shifting lever indicates the motion which the clutch and reverse gear are transmitting. The center position of the lever indicates neutral. Engine RPM should never exceed 1000 when engaging or disengaging the clutch. Higher RPM will result in unnecessary wear and shortened life of the unit, and perhaps breakage.

B

C

A

B

C

EXHAUST HOSE

MUFFLER

EXHAUST OUTLET

PORT EXHAUST SHOWN, STARBOARD EXHAUST TYPICAL.

GENERATOR EXHAUST FEEDS INTO STARBOARD EXHAUST SYSTEM

A drain plug is located on each muffler. When servicing or winterizing, remove the plug to drain the water out of each muffler. Replace the plug after all water has drained from the muffler.

Marine reverse gears are hydraulically operated, thereby making it imperative to periodically maintain and check oil level. If the correct oil level is not maintained, slippage occurs, causing damage to the clutch plates. Too much oil will cause foaming and erratic clutch operation. For additional information see the Engine Operator’s Manual.

8. V

IBRATION

& C

AUSES

Some vibration is to be expected in your boat because of the action of the engines and the propeller. But excessive vibration indicates conditions which must be promptly corrected to avoid damage. Contact your Sea Ray ® dealer immediately if you are experiencing severe vibration.

The following are some conditions which may cause vibrations.

7. E

NGINE

E

XHAUST

S

YSTEM

The exhaust system on Sea Ray ® boats with inboard engines is designed so that water from the raw water cooling system enters the exhaust system through elbows (engine side) where water and exhaust are mixed. Water and exhaust are then pumped through the mufflers and then overboard through the exhaust outlet. Make sure water is flowing from the exhaust outlets while the

engines are operating. Prior to every boat use, examine the exhaust system fittings to ensure tightness.

4.4

A. F

OREIGN

O

BJECT

I

NTERFERING

W

ITH

P

ROPELLER

A

CTION

Weeds, ropes, fishing lines or nets can become wrapped around the propeller and/or shaft, causing vibration and loss of speed. Always stop and then reverse the propeller after going through a weedy area to unwrap and clear away any weeds which may have accumulated. Although reversing will sometimes help to unwrap lines and nets, they are difficult to remove without hauling the boat.

Always check for loose or trailing dock lines before getting underway. When towing a dinghy,

40 Motor Yacht ( 415 Motor Yacht)

S

ECTION

4 • B

ILGE

& U

NDERWATER

G

EAR remember that a long line may easily become entangled with the propeller when backing down.

B. B

ENT

P

ROPELLER AND

/

OR

S

HAFT

A badly damaged or distorted propeller or shaft is an obvious cause of vibration. Even when the propeller appears to be perfect, make sure it has not been pulled off-center by the propeller key.

9. O

IL

E

XCHANGE

S

YSTEM

(O

PTIONAL

)

If equipped the oil change system, located on the inboard port stringer, center of the port engine, simplifies changing the oil in the engines and the generator. The pump is self-priming and pumps in either direction. The oil change pump is protected by the 12 volt OIL CHANGE PUMP breaker on the

DC breaker panel on the forward component board in the engine room.

C. E

NGINE AND

S

HAFT

O

UT OF

A

LIGNMENT

Although the shaft is properly aligned when it leaves the factory, after transit and after the boat has been in the water a few days, the alignment should be rechecked.

The shaft coupling is the connecting point between the shaft and the engine and the alignment should be set at

.005 or less. Refer to SHAFTS (pg. 4.9) in this section of this Owner’s Manual.

D. C

OUPLING

O

UT OF

T

RUE

Although an extremely unlikely condition, check the couplings if other efforts to correct the vibration fail.

Check the engine half of the coupling (with dial indicator on the face) to see that it runs true with the shaft coupling. Also check the coupling keys.

They must fit correctly to prevent forcing the couplings off center.

O

IL

E

XCHANGE

S

YSTEM

(O

PTIONAL

)

(F

IG

. 4.5.1)

A

B

C

G

H

F

E

D

E. E

NGINE

P

ART

H

ITTING

B

OAT

S

TRUCTURE

Engines are flexibly mounted to reduce transmission of vibration to the hull structure. If some part of the engine, such as the oil pan, reverse gear or reduction gear housing, contacts a stringer, brace or part of the hull, vibration will result. The flexible shaft log allows a limited side motion of the shaft, but an excessive “whip” can cause the shaft to strike the sides of the shaft hole or the shaft log with resultant vibration.

F. O

THER

P

OSSIBLE

C

AUSES

Other causes of vibration include the following: engine out of tune, a bent rudder, a worn strut bearing, a component of the exhaust system vibrating against the hull or improper contact between shaft taper and the propeller hub bore.

40 Motor Yacht ( 415 Motor Yacht)

B

C

A

D

E

F

G

H

TO STARBOARD

ENGINE

TO PORT ENGINE

TO GENERATOR

OPEN/CLOSE VALVE

DRAIN/FILL HOSE

PUMP

PUMP FLOW SWITCH

PORT INBOARD

STRINGER

A. O

PERATING INSTRUCTIONS

:

(S

ERVICE ONE

(1)

ENGINE AT A TIME

.)

1.

Run engines or generator for several minutes to warm the oil and mix the sludge.

2.

Select the first unit to be serviced. Turn the valve to the open position, in line with valve body.

3.

Turn the pump on (switch position indicates the direction of flow) and pump the old oil into containers to be disposed of properly.

4.5

S

ECTION

4 • B

ILGE

& U

NDERWATER

G

EAR

O

IL

C

HANGE

P

UMP

(U

SED

O

IL

)

(F

IG

. 4.6.1)

A B C

6.

Repeat for generator and each engine to be serviced.

REFER TO OWNER’S MANUAL PACKET FOR

INSTRUCTIONS AND WARRANTY INFORMATION.

D

F

E

A

B

C

TO STARBOARD ENGINE

TO PORT ENGINE

TO GENERATOR

D

E

F

OPEN/CLOSE VALVE

USED OIL

FLOW SWITCH

10. U

NDERWATER

G

EAR

A. P

ROPELLERS

Propellers should be free of nicks, excessive pitting and any distortions that alter them from their original design. Badly damaged propellers should be replaced, but those that are chipped, bent or merely knocked out of shape can be reconditioned by your marine dealer.

When doing extensive cruising, it is advisable to carry extra propellers aboard.

4.

After oil has been pumped out of unit being serviced, place the pump discharge hose into a container of pre-measured fresh oil and reverse the pump switch to pump the fresh oil into the engine. NOTE: Fresh oil should be at least 60

°

F (16 0 C).

5.

When pumping is complete, shut the pump off and close the valve leading to the unit being serviced. Check oil level and adjust if necessary.

O

IL

C

HANGE

P

UMP

(F

RESH

O

IL

)

(F

IG

. 4.6.2)

A B

C

D

B

ASIC

P

ROPELLER

C

HARACTERISTICS

Propellers have two basic characteristics:

• Diameter

• Pitch

Diameter is that distance measured across the propeller hub line from the outer edge of the 360

° that is made by the propeller’s blade during a single rotation. Pitch is that distance in inches that a propeller will travel if rotated one revolution without any slippage.

P

ROPELLER

P

ITCH AND

D

IAMETER

(F

IG

. 4.6.3)

E

F

4.6

A

B

C

TO STARBOARD ENGINE

TO PORT ENGINE

TO GENERATOR

D

E

F

OPEN/CLOSE VALVE

FRESH OIL

PUMP FLOW SWITCH

PITCH DIAMETER

For example, a propeller with a 12-inch pitch, when rotated 360

°

would, theoretically, advance 12 inches through the water. Actually, no propeller applied to any boat is 100% efficient. No 12-inch pitch blade

40 Motor Yacht ( 415 Motor Yacht)

S

ECTION

4 • B

ILGE

& U

NDERWATER

G

EAR will, in a single rotation, advance a boat 12 inches.

This variance is referred to as slippage.

V

ENTILATION

, I

TS

C

AUSES AND

C

ORRECTIONS

While often called “cavitation,” ventilation is really a different effect. At times when a boat enters or leaves a sharp turn, the propeller seems to slip and lose thrust and the engine may over-speed (Figure 4.8.2). This problem is normally caused by air or aerated water entering the propeller. (A damaged propeller can also cause ventilation.) Ventilation can usually be corrected by replacing the damaged or incorrect propeller with the recommended one.

!

CAUTION

Have only one (1) valve open at a time. Make sure other valves are closed to prevent accidental over filling.

the propeller or by replacement.

Cavitation is a normal occurrence in modern sport boats, and prop inspection should be part of routine maintenance.

P

(F

ROPELLER

IG

V

. 4.7.1)

ENTILATION

OPTIMUM PERFORMANCE

VENTILATION

P

ROPELLER

T

ORQUE AND

I

TS

C

ORRECTION

Some of the more powerful motors create a considerable torque effect; that is, a twisting motion causing the boat to ride with one sheer lower than the other. This twisting reaction is caused by the direction of propeller rotation lifting one side of the boat. This causes an uneven drag, so that a boat’s bow may tend to fall off in one direction or the other from the intended course given by the wheel.

Torque action may occur when maximum or close to maximum rated horsepower is applied. Any slight torque may be offset by shifting passenger or gear weight laterally to the high side of the boat.

C

AVITATION

, I

TS

C

AUSES AND

C

ORRECTIONS

Cavitation is a phenomenon that occurs in all propeller-driven craft under certain conditions. The surface of propeller blades are not perfectly flat, and as water is drawn through the blades to be discharged aft into the propeller’s slip stream, the water flowing over the curved surface of the blade encounters areas of greater and less pressure.

In those areas of reduced pressure, air bubbles are formed. When they move out of the low pressure area these bubbles collapse. If they collapse while in contact with an object, such as part of the propeller blade or trim plane, the bubbles create such highly localized forces that they erode the surface of the object. In the case of the propeller, such damage is sometimes called a “burn.” It may be caused by an irregularity in the propeller’s leading edge, and it should be corrected by reconditioning

C

OUNTER

-

ROTATING

P

ROPELLERS

On twin engine yachts, one propeller turns in a clockwise direction while the other turns counterclockwise in order to maintain a straight course through the water.

When removing or replacing propellers, be sure to install the correct propeller on the correct drive.

C

(F

OUNTER

IG

-R

. 4.7.2)

OTATING

P

ROPELLERS

40 Motor Yacht ( 415 Motor Yacht) 4.7

S

ECTION

4 • B

ILGE

& U

NDERWATER

G

EAR

P

ROPELLER

I

NSTALLATION

For proper rotation, the installation of propellers on inboard engine boats requires the right hand propeller to be installed on the starboard side and the left hand propeller to be installed on the port side. Install in the following manner:

1.

Inspect the key. It must be chamfered so that the corners of the key do not touch the keyway fillets.

2.

Install the propeller on the shaft without the key in the keyway. Slide the propeller all the way on the shaft until it seats. Mark the shaft on the leading edge of the hub with a felt tip marker and remove the propeller.

3.

Install the key in the keyway and slide the propeller on the shaft. If the key is not pinned, tap the key back slightly as the propeller slides up the taper. This will ensure that the propeller does not ride the key up the keyway end radius, thus forcing the propeller off-center. The propeller is properly seated if the hub is in the same position as previously marked.

4.

Install a board (2 x 4) against the hub perpendicular to the keel and rotate the propeller clockwise until one blade rotates against the

Shaft Thread Prop

Diameter Size Nut

1"

1 1/4"

1 1/2"

1 3/4"

2"

2 1/2"

3/4"

7/8"

Bronze

Bronze

Torque

Ft. Lbs.

100-125

150-175

1 1/8" Bronze 250-275

1 1/4" Bronze 275-300

1 1/2" Bronze 325-350

1 3/4" Bronze 400-425

Jam Nut

Torque

Ft. Lbs.

100

100

100

100

100

100

NOTICE

If the jam nut and prop nut are installed properly, the propeller should not loosen. If you tighten both nuts holding only the propeller blade, the nuts could possibly thread back on the shaft to the cotter pin. It is important that the above procedure be followed.

board. Do not put a board between the strut and the rudder.

5.

Install the large bronze prop nut on the propeller shaft and seat the propeller with the correct torque as listed on the table below.

6.

Install the jam nut and torque to 100 ft. lbs.

7.

Install the cotter pin.

P

ROPELLER

I

NSTALLATION

(F

IG

. 4.8.1)

IMPROPER CHAMFER

ON KEY WILL RESULT

IN KEY RIDING UP IN

KEYWAY

TOP RADIUS IN KEYWAY

SHOULD BE 1/2 THE

FILLET RADIUS WITH NO

SHARP EDGES

CHAMFER ON KEY

SHOULD BE LARGER

THAN FILLET IN

KEYWAY

A

B

KEY RIDING UP IN KEYWAY

INCORRECT FIT

KEY SHOULD SEAT IN

KEYWAY

CORRECT FIT

I

LLUSTRATION

#1

ALL CORNERS OF KEY SHOULD BE CHAMFERED

G

F

E

D

C

A

B

D

E

F

C

G

PROP NUT

KEY

SHAFT

KEYWAY

COTTER PIN

PROP

JAM NUT

I

LLUSTRATION

#3

2 X 4 WEDGE

BLOCK

I

LLUSTRATION

#4

40 Motor Yacht ( 415 Motor Yacht) 4.8

I

LLUSTRATION

#2

S

ECTION

4 • B

ILGE

& U

NDERWATER

G

EAR

B. S

HAFTS

The shaft coupling is the connecting point between the shaft and the engine (Figure 4.10.2).

The alignment should be set at a maximum of

.005" (0.13mm). A slight misalignment will cause loss of power, excessive wear, noise and vibration and should not be tolerated. When checking for parallel coupling faces (the proof of proper alignment), use a feeler gauge not more than .003 to .005 of an inch thick (0.08 –

0.13mm).

With coupling faces brought together by hand – not bolted – the feeler gauge should be tightly gripped at all points around the edges of the couplings. Next, hold the engine coupling flange stationary and rotate the shaft coupling flange

90 degrees in either direction. The feeler gauge should still be tightly gripped at all points around the edges of the couplings.

S

HAFT

M

ISALIGNMENT

(F

IG

. 4.9.1)

S

HAFT

L

OG

& S

TRONG

S

EAL

(F

IG

. 4.9.3)

B

A

C

D

E

A

B

C

SHAFT LOG TUBE

HOSE CLAMPS

WATER INJECTION

FITTING

D

E

CARRIER SEAL KIT

HULL boat for the propeller shaft. The Strong Seal ™ is connected to it by a short length of special flexible hose which serves to absorb normal shaft vibration. The Strong Seal ™ prevents water from leaking around the shaft and into the boat. Shaft alignment and straightness must be correct to assure proper operation of the Strong Seal ™ . Refer to the Strong Seal ™ information for the seal carrier kit in the

Owner’s Manual packet.

SHAFT

SHAFT

COUPLING

MAX .005

TRANSMISSION

C. C

ARRIER

S

EAL

K

IT

Your boat is equipped with spare carrier seals located on the port and starboard engine shafts.

Seal failure can be corrected by replacing the seal with the spare seals provided.

S

HAFT

L

OG

& S

TRONG

S

EAL

™

T h e s h a f t l o g i s a f i b e r g l a s s t u b e w h i c h provides an opening through the bottom of the

T

O

R

EPLACE THE

C

ARRIER

S

EAL

:

1.

Clean any accumulated dirt and scale from the exposed shaft. MAKE SURE THERE ARE NO

SHARP EDGES OR BURRS ON THE SHAFT.

S

HAFT

L

OG

& S

TRONG

S

EAL

™ A

SSEMBLY

(F

IG

. 4.9.2) A

B

C

H

40 Motor Yacht ( 415 Motor Yacht)

G

F

A

B

HOSE CLAMPS

WATER INJECTION

FITTING

E D

C

D

CARRIER SEAL KIT

STRONG SEAL

E

F

STAINLESS STEEL

BANDS

FLEXIBLE HOSE

G SHAFT LOG

H

HULL

4.9

S

ECTION

4 • B

ILGE

& U

NDERWATER

G

EAR

C

(F

ARRIER

IG

S

EAL

. 4.10.1)

K

A

IT

B

F

C

D

E

A

B

C

SHAFT LOG & STRONG SEAL

SEAL HOUSING

COVER SCREW

D

E

F

CARRIER SEAL

SHAFT COUPLING

PROPELLER SHAFT

2.

Separate the two halves of the Carrier Seal Kit housing by removing the screws. If there are two lip seals in the carrier kit, move the forwardmost one forward on the shaft until out of the way.

3.

Remove the retaining ring from the Strong

Seal™ using a small screwdriver (for a spiral ring) or snap-ring pliers (for a snap ring). Work the retaining ring around the new lip seal and move the ring forward out of the way.

4.

Re-assemble the empty Carrier Seal Kit housing onto the shaft just forward of the new lip seal with the small diameter facing aft. Leave the screws loose enough that the housing can move along the shaft. The

Carrier Seal Kit housing is now ready to be used as a lip seal installation tool.

5.

Push needle-nose pliers or a hook into the exposed body of the lip seal and pull it out of the Strong Seal ™ housing. Cut the old seal off the shaft with wire cutters. BE CAREFUL NOT

TO SCRATCH THE SHAFT.

6.

Inspect and clean the inside of the Strong

Seal™ housing and the newly exposed area of the shaft that was under the old lip seal.

7.

Push the new lip seal and installation tool aft until the lip seal contacts the Strong Seal™ housing. Using a rubber mallet, tap the face of the installation tool until the lip seal is seated within the Strong Seal™ housing. You will know the lip seal is fully seated when the retaining ring groove is exposed.

8.

Remove the Carrier Seal Kit housing from

4.10

the shaft. Re-install the retaining ring into its groove in the Strong Seal™ housing.

9.

If the Carrier Seal Kit came with two lip seals, position the remaining lip seal back onto a convenient location on the shaft at least 2" forward of the Strong Seal™. Re-assemble the

Carrier Seal Kit housing around the lip seal with the smaller diameter facing forward. Tighten the screws and make sure the assembly is firmly secured on the shaft.

NOTE: As the Carrier Seal Kit is turning with the shaft and the Strong Seal™ is not, it is important that the two do not touch.

D. S

S

(F

TRUT

The strut is the bronze casting fastened to the

TRUT

IG

. 4.10.2) bottom of the hull to support and form a bearing for the propeller shaft. A replaceable rubber bearing is inserted to minimize wear and protect the shaft where it passes through the strut hub. During lay up periods, squirt castor oil into this bearing to keep it from freezing to the shaft. Never use machine

oil or grease on rubber bearing. Periodically check all strut fastenings to assure that they are secure.

11. R

B

C

D

A STRUT

B SHAFT LOG

C

D

PROPELLER SHAFT

BEARING

UDDER

OX

& R

A

UDDER

S

B

TUFFING

The rudder is the vertical flat surface aft of the propeller that pivots about a vertical axis and changes the direction of the boat through the water. The rudder stuffing box prevents water from leaking into the boat where the rudder

40 Motor Yacht ( 415 Motor Yacht)

S

ECTION

4 • B

ILGE

& U

NDERWATER

G

EAR

R

UDDER

& R

UDDER

S

TUFFING

B

OX

(F

IG

. 4.11.1)

C

B

A

D

!

CAUTION

As a safety measure, close all seacocks when leaving boat for any length of time to impede water ingress in the event of water hose failure.

The seacock body should be inspected and lubricated annually.

E

F

A

B

C

RUDDER STUFFING BOX

PACKING

JAM NUT

D

E

F

RUDDER POST

HULL

RUDDER post enters the hull. Spot check for leaks before and after using your boat.

12. S

EACOCKS

& S

TRAINERS

Seacocks and strainers provide cooling water to the engines, generator and A/C units located throughout the bilge area.

T

O CLEAN THE STRAINER

• Close the seacock by turning the handle against water flow direction (horizontally).

NOTE: Some seacocks are equipped with locking tee handles which must be loosened before operating the handle

• Loosen strainer cap with the adjustable spanner wrench provided. It is stowed on the port inboard stringer.

S

TRAINER

M

AINTENANCE

(F

IG

. 4.11.3)

S

EACOCK

& S

TRAINER

(F

IG

. 4.11.2)

B

A

C

D

E

F

A

B

C

O-RING

CAP

STAINLESS STEEL SCREEN

STRAINER BODY

SEACOCK

HANDLE (OPEN POSITION)

D

ADJUSTABLE SPANNER

WRENCH (SUPPLIED)

F

E

To open the seacock, turn the handle in line with water flow (vertically). To close, turn the handle against water flow (horizontally). The strainers should be inspected frequently and cleaned out when plugged. If operation of the air conditioning is excessive it is important that the A/C unit strainers are inspected more frequently than other strainers.

• Rotate strainer cap clear of strainer housing.

Pull upward on stainless steel screen basket handle. Clean basket and replace.

S

TRAINER

M

AINTENANCE

(F

IG

. 4.11.4)

B

A

A

B

C

D

CAP

O-RING

STAINLESS STEEL SCREEN

STRAINER BODY

C

D

40 Motor Yacht ( 415 Motor Yacht) 4.11

S

ECTION

4 • B

ILGE

& U

NDERWATER

G

EAR

13. P

OWER

S

TEERING

S

YSTEM

The power steering ram ensures identical positioning of the port and starboard rudders. Check that rudder arms are tight and free of play. Ensure that fluid resevoir is up to level and filter is clean.

The fluid reservoir and filter are located on the aft component board in the engine room along with the optional auto pilot pump. Sea Ray ® recommends

Sea Star hydraulic steering fluid or Dextron 3 auto transmission fluid for the power steering system.

P

OWER

S

TEERING

(F

IG

. 4.12.1)

B

C

A

D

FWD

E

A

B

STARBOARD RUDDER POST

RUDDER ANGLE SENSOR

C STEERING RAM

D

E

AUTO PILOT RUDDER

REFERENCE (OPTIONAL)

PORT RUDDER POST

4.12

40 Motor Yacht ( 415 Motor Yacht)

S

ECTION

4 • B

ILGE

& U

NDERWATER

G

EAR

14. 40 MY B

ILGE

L

AYOUT

40 MY B

ILGE

(F

IG

. 4.13.1) DD

EE

FF

A

FWD

CC B

C

BB

Z

AA

Y

X

W

T

V

U

D

I

J

E

F

G

H

K

L

S

R

M

Q

N

M

P

O

E

F

C

D

A

B

G

H

I

J

K

DRAIN LINE ROUTING

DC MAIN BREAKER PANEL

BILGE & GALLEY VENTILATION

VACU-FLUSH ® SYSTEM

MASCERATOR (OPTIONAL)

BOW THRUSTER BATTERIES

(OPTIONAL)

MASCERATOR SEACOCK (OPTIONAL)

STARBOARD FUEL TANK

GENERATOR STRAINER

GENERATOR SEACOCK

STARBOARD ENGINE EXHAUST

R

S

T

U

L

M

N

P

Q

O

V

HIGH WATER BILGE PUMP

ENGINE STRAINER

FLOAT SWITCH

BILGE PUMP

AUTOMATIC FIRE EXTINGUISHER

SHOWER SUMP

PORT ENGINE EXHAUST

OIL EXCHANGE PUMP (OPTIONAL)

PORT FUEL TANK

HOLDING TANK

STARBORD ENGINE BATTERIES

W

X

Y

Z

PORT ENGINE MAIN BATTERIES

GENERATOR

GENERATOR MUFFLER

FORWARD BILGE PUMP

AA WATER HEATER

BB BILGE & FORWARD STRM VENTILATION

CC WASHER/DRYER (OPTIONAL)

DD FORWARD FLOAT SWITCH

EE ISOLATION TRANSFORMER

FF BOW THRUSTER (OPTIONAL)

40 Motor Yacht ( 415 Motor Yacht) 4.13

S

ECTION

4 • B

ILGE

& U

NDERWATER

G

EAR

40 MY B

ILGE

L

AYOUT

40 MY B

ILGE

(F

IG

. 4.14.1)

A

FWD

N

B

4.14

M

L E

K

J

I

H

G

F

A

B

D

E

F

C

G

PORT ENGINE EXHAUST

DRAIN LINE ROUTING

BILGE BLOWER (TYPICAL PORT & STARBOARD)

AUTO PILOT PUMP

ACCUMULATOR BOTTLE

WATER PUMP

TRIM TAB PUMP

H STEERING RAM

WATER TANK

I

J

K

AFT BILGE PUMP

AFT FLOAT SWITCH

L

M

N

PORT TRIM TAB

PORT ENGINE SHAFT

POTABLE WATER LINE ROUTING

D

C

40 Motor Yacht ( 415 Motor Yacht)

S

ECTION

5 • F

UEL

S

YSTEM

1. F

UEL

S

YSTEM

Section 3 - Using Your Boat contains important fueling information. Take time to read all the fuel related information in the owner’s manual.

Fuel lines, filters and all fuel system components should be checked at the start of each season and periodically thereafter, particularly after any work has been done aboard the boat which might have affected any part of the system. Be certain that all are in proper condition and that the entire system is fuel tight. Each fuel tank has manual shut-off valves on the top of the tank to close off the fuel system in case of leakage or line failure.

A. F

UEL

T

ANKS

The 40 MY standard gasoline fuel system consists of two (2) aluminum fuel tanks with a capacity of

150 gals. (568 liters) each, for a total capacity of

300 gals. (1136 liters). The port and starboard fuel tanks are connected directly to the respective engines through an electric fuel shut-off valve.

Fuel is supplied to the generator from the port tank.

B. F

UEL

F

ILL

I

NLET

The fill inlets for the fuel tanks are located on the starboard deck walkway forward of the deck entry doors.

C. F

UEL

V

ENT

Your Sea Ray ® is equipped with a fuel tank vent

(See figure 5.2.1) for each tank which serves as a pressure/vacuum release and safety overflow.

The through-hull fitting has a flame arrester, making it imperative that you keep the screen clean and in excellent repair. Replace the screen immediately if it becomes damaged or displaced.

Periodically check the vent to assure that it is not clogged.

40 MY F

UEL

T

ANKS

(F

IG

. 5.1.1)

E

F

D

C

B

A

G

FWD

I

A

B

C

D

E

STARBOARD FUEL TANK

STARBOARD ENGINE FUEL FEED

STARBOARD FUEL VALVE

STARBOARD FUEL VENT

PORT FUEL VENT

F

G

STARBOARD FUEL FILL

PORT FUEL FILL

I

J

PORT FUEL VALVE

PORT ENGINE FUEL FEED

K

L

GENERATOR FUEL FEED

GENERATOR FUEL VALVE

M PORT FUEL TANK

M

L

K

J

5.1

40 Motor Yacht ( 415 Motor Yacht)

S

ECTION

5 • F

UEL

S

YSTEM

F

UEL

F

ILL

& V

ENT

W

ITH

S

CREEN

/F

LAME

A

RRESTER

(F

IG

. 5.2.1)

E

LECTRIC

F

UEL

V

ALVE

(F

IG

. 5.2.2)

E

A

B

A

B

D

G

A

S

A

G

A

S

B

C

C

C

D

E

A

B

ELECTRIC FUEL VALVE

FROM PORT FUEL TANK

TO PORT ENGINE

PORT FUEL TANK

PRIMARY FUEL FILTER

C

MANUAL OVERRIDE

ON/OFF KNOB

KEEP IN OFF

POSITION FOR NORMAL

OPERATION

PORT FUEL TANK SHOWN - STARBOARD TANK TYPICAL

A

B

C

FUEL FILL

FUEL VENT

SCREEN/FLAME ARRESTER

2. F

UEL

R

ECOMMENDATIONS

The quality of the fuel is very important for satisfactory engine performance and long engine life. Fuel should be clean and free of contamination.

Your fuel tanks should be kept full of fuel whenever possible. This will reduce the amount of water condensation and reduce the possibility of contamination.

NOTE: In rough seas, allow approximately 15% reserve when planning fuel consumption.

3. E

LECTRIC

F

UEL

V

ALVE

The electric fuel valves on the fuel tanks are wired to the ignition switch. When the ignition is turned

ON the valve opens, when the ignition is turned

OFF the valve closes. The manual override knob on the side of the valve should be left in the OFF position at all times.

5.2

In the event of an electrical malfunction, the valve can be opened and closed manually by turning the manual override knob.

The electric fuel valve is installed in-line on the fuel hose between the fuel tank and engines & generator.

4. F

UEL

F

ILTERS

Primary fuel filters are located in-line between the fuel tank and the engine. To help keep the fuel as clean as possible, Sea Ray ® strongly urges you to fully comply with the recommended maintenance and/or replacement of the filters. Improper maintenance may adversly affect the claims made under the independant warranty provided by the engine manufacturer.

A. F

UEL

F

ILTERS

: (D

IESEL

O

PTION

)

Primary Racor ® fuel filters are located on the aft component board in the bilge. To help keep the fuel as clean as possible, Sea Ray ® strongly urges you to fully comply with the recommended maintenance

40 Motor Yacht ( 415 Motor Yacht)

S

ECTION

5 • F

UEL

S

YSTEM

R

ACOR

® F

UEL

F

ILTER

(F

IG

. 5.3.1)

F

A air leak. Check that the filter lid and drain plug are properly tightened. Inspect or drain the collection bowl of water daily.

A

E

F

B

C

D

T-HANDLE

TURBINE

SEE-THRU BOWL

HEAT DEFLECTOR

DRAIN PLUG

LID

E

C

B

D program consisting of proper lubrication and cleaning of the fuel filters, fuel lines and air filters provided by the engine manufacturer. Engine abuse or improper maintenance may adversly affect the claims made under the independant warranty provided by the engine manufacturer.

NOTE: Use of any methanol, gasohol or alcohol based fuel additive will damage the fuel filter.

T

O DRAIN WATER

:

1.

Shut down the engine.

2.

Loosen the T-handle on the top lid to break the vacuum within the filter.

3.

With a suitable collection container in place, remove the drain plug and allow water and contaminants to drain.

4.

Replace the drain plug and, if necessary, prime the filter by removing the lid and filling the filter with clean fuel.

5.

Replace the lid and tighten the lid T-handle by hand only. Do not overtighten.

Replace the filter element at regular intervals or if a power loss is detected.

B. G

O

ENERATOR

PTION

)

F

UEL

F

ILTER

(D

IESEL

A Racor ® fuel filter located at the starboard fuel tank

T

O REPLACE THE FILTER

:

1. Shut down the engine.

2. Remove the lid .

3. Remove the old rubber lid seal and dispose of

the old seal properly.

G

ENERATOR

R

ACOR

® F

UEL

F

ILTER

(F

IG

. 5.3.2)

A

R

ACOR

® F

UEL

F

ILTER

M

AINTENANCE

(F

IG

. 5.3.3)

A

B

A

B

C

D

T-HANDLE

RUBBER SEAL

FILTER ELEMENT

DRAIN PLUG

A

B

STARBOARD FUEL TANK

GENERATOR FUEL FILTER

B

C provides clean fuel to the generator.

C. F

UEL

F

ILTER

M

AINTENANCE

A major cause of poor starting or power loss is the result of a clogged filter element or a fuel system

40 Motor Yacht ( 415 Motor Yacht)

D

5.3

O

N

S

ECTION

5 • F

UEL

S

YSTEM

D

IESEL

F

UEL

S

YSTEM

(D

IESEL

F

UEL

O

PTION

)

(F

IG

. 5.4.1)

E

D

C

A

B

F

FWD

P

Q

G

A

B

C

STARBOARD FUEL TANK

FUEL VENT

FUEL FILL

D

E

F

G

TO STARBOARD FILTER

STARBOARD FUEL FILTER

PORT FUEL FILTER

TO PORT ENGINE

H

I

TO PORT FILTER

TO STARBOARD ENGINE

J FROM PORT ENGINE

K

L

PORT FUEL TANK

FROM STARBOARD ENGINE

M

N

TO GENERATOR

FROM GENERATOR

O

P

FUEL CROSSOVER BOARD

TO GENERATOR FILTER

Q FROM STARBOARD ENGINE

H

I

J

L K M

4. Apply a coating of clean fuel or motor oil to the rubber lid seal supplied with the new element.

5.

Place the new seal in position on the lid.

6.

Remove the filter element by holding the molded handle and slowly pulling upward with a twisting motion.

7.

Insert the new filter element with a slow downward twisting motion.

8.

Fill the filter with clean fuel, then replace the lid.

Tighten the lid T-handle by hand only. Do not overtighten.

9.

Start the engine and check for any leaks.

10. Correct any leaks with the engine shut down.

It is recommended that spare filter elements be carried aboard as contaminated fuel can easily plug a filter.

REFER TO THE ENGINE OPERATOR’S MANUAL

FOR MORE DETAILED INFORMATION.

5. F

UELING

P

RECAUTIONS

Cer tain precautions must be carefully and

!

WARNING

CALIFORNIA PROPOSITION 65

Diesel engine exhaust and some of its constituents are known to the state of California to cause cancer, birth defects, and other reproductive harm.

5.4

40 Motor Yacht ( 415 Motor Yacht)

S

ECTION

5 • F

UEL

S

YSTEM completely observed every time a boat is fueled, even with diesel fuel. Diesel fuel is nonexplosive but it will burn.

A. G

ENERAL

:

• Fuel during daylight.

• Check fill plate label to ensure fuel is placed only in fuel tank. Fuel fill plates are located on the port and starboard deck walkway forward of the deck entry doors (see Fig. 5.2.1).

• Avoid spills.

• Know your fuel capacity and consumption.

Record the amount of fuel used since your last fill up, and compute the engine’s hourly fuel usage. As a fuel gauge backup check, deduct the average hourly fuel usage from fuel tank capacity.

• Observe the “Rule of Thirds”: one-third fuel for trip out, one-third for return and one-third for reserve.

• Allow an additional 15 percent fuel reserve when operating in rough seas.

B. B

EFORE

& D

URING

F

UELING

–

C

HECKLIST

:

• Fire extinguisher – close at hand.

• Mooring – boat tied securely to fueling pier.

• Crew – at least one knowledgeable person present.

• Passengers – unnecessary people off the boat.

• Engines – stopped.

• Electrical equipment, including blowers – power off.

• Windows, doors, hatches – closed.

• Smoking material – extinguished.

• Inboard tanks – grounded.

• Filler pipe – marked DIESEL.

• Fuel nozzle – in contact with filler pipe to prevent static sparks.

• Fill level – fill less than rated capacity of tank; allow for fuel expansion.

• Trim – fuel weight distributed equally.

C. A

FTER

F

UELING

– C

HECKLIST

:

• Windows, doors, hatches – open.

• Sniff test – if fuel fumes remain, operate blowers

!

CAUTION

Never start an engine until you are certain that fuel fumes are not present in the engine compartment or elsewhere in the boat.

until fumes are gone.

• Fuel tank – secure filler cap.

• Spills – wipe; dispose of rags ashore.

40 Motor Yacht ( 415 Motor Yacht) 5.5

S

ECTION

5 • F

UEL

S

YSTEM

THIS PAGE LEFT INTENTIONALLY BLANK

5.6

40 Motor Yacht ( 415 Motor Yacht)

S

ECTION

6 • E

LECTRICAL

S

YSTEM

1. DC S

YSTEM

The 12 volt direct current (DC) electrical system derives its power from the batteries, which are kept charged by an engine-driven alternator and/or AC converter. The battery voltage is indicated by the voltmeter on the main distribution panel and control station instrument panel. Each battery bank can be checked with the battery voltage test switch only on the DC distribution panel. The batteries supply power to the circuit breakers on the main DC breaker panel in the bilge, then to the control station breakers and DC distribution panel breakers in the salon. The 12 volt dash systems are protected by the ELECTRONICS and CONTROL STATION breakers on the main DC breaker panel on the forward bulkhead of the bilge. The 12 volt functions on the salon DC distribution panel are protected by the “CABIN MAIN” breaker on the main DC breaker panel.

The negative terminal of each bank of batteries is attached to the main DC negative buss ground studs of the propulsion engines and the generator.

This “negative ground system” is the approved system for marine DC electrical systems.

2. B

ATTERIES

The batteries in your boat have been selected for their ability to furnish starting power based on engine and generator starting requirements as well as their ability to supply power to the DC system.

The following table describes the recommended marine cranking batteries to install in your boat.

Application Group Volts CCA* Reserve Qty.

Engines 31

Bow Thruster

*COLD CRANKING AMPS

31

12

12

800

800

200

200

4

2

The main engine cranking batteries consist of two

(2) 31 series, 12 volt batteries connected in parallel for each engine.

If equipped, there are two (2) 31 series, 12 volt marine batteries connected in series to create the

24 volts required for operation of the bow thruster.

Recommended batteries are available through your local Sea Ray ® dealer.

B

ATTERIES

(F

IG

. 6.1.1)

FWD

B C

D

A

40 Motor Yacht ( 415 Motor Yacht)

A STBD MAIN ENGINE BATTERIES

B PORT MAIN ENGINE BATTERIES

C HOLDING TANK

D BOW THRUSTER BATTERIES (OPTIONAL)

6.1

S

ECTION

6 • E

LECTRICAL

S

YSTEM

! DANGER

• Never use an open flame in the battery storage area.

• Avoid striking sparks near the batteries.

• A battery will explode if a flame or spark ignites the free hydrogen given off during charging.

A. T

O

R

EMOVE

T

HE

B

ATTERY

C

ABLES

:

1.

Turn OFF all items drawing power from the batteries.

2.

Turn OFF the “CONVERTER” breaker at the main distribution panel.

3.

Turn OFF battery solenoid switches.

4.

Remove the positive cable first, then the negative cable. To replace the cables, reverse the procedure.

B. B

ATTERY

M

AINTENANCE

:

• Check the fluid level in the cells approximately every 4 weeks, and more often in summer and hot zones.

Only use a battery charger designed to charge automotive/marine type batteries when batteries are disconnected from the boat’s electrical circuit.

Use ONLY Marine Rated parts to replace such items as starters, distributors, alternators, generators, etc. Do not use Automotive Parts because they are not ignition protected and could cause a fire or explosion.

3. M

AIN

DC B

! DANGER

REAKER

P

ANEL

The main DC breaker panel (Figure 6.4.1) is located on the forward bulkhead in the bilge. The breaker panel contains switches for various equipment plus the main battery solenoids.

NOTE: The bilge pumps, emergency bilge pumps, stereo memory, bilge blowers, battery chargers, engine unswitched positive, smartcraft unswitched, sump pump and systems monitor CANNOT be turned OFF with the battery solenoid switches. The entire remaining DC system CAN be turned OFF with the battery solenoid switches.

!

CAUTION

While the engine or generator is running, the battery terminal clamps must not be loosened or detached nor should the battery solenoid switch(es) be turned off. The alternator and other electronic units will be damaged.

• The fluid level must be between the lower and the upper markings.

• Only replenish with distilled water. Do not use metal funnels.

• Coat battery terminal clamps with silicone grease. Keep battery clean and dry.

!

CAUTION

Always disconnect battery cables before doing any work on the engine's electrical system or alternator wiring to prevent arcing or damage to the

4. B

ATTERY

S

WITCHES AND

S

OLENOIDS

The main engine battery and generator switches are located on the Main DC Breaker Panel in the bilge (See figure 6.4.1) and the DC distribution panel in the port salon (See figure 6.9.1).

A. M

AIN

B

ATTERY

S

OLENOIDS

The battery solenoids are located inside the Main

Battery Solenoid Access Panel on the forward engine room component board (See figure 6.3.1).

When the switches are in the OFF position all

12 volt current to the engines and accessories are turned off except power to the equipment listed in the above NOTE. The battery switches must be ON to start the engines or generator. Turn battery solenoids OFF when leaving boat for extended duration.

6.2

40 Motor Yacht ( 415 Motor Yacht)

S

ECTION

6 • E

LECTRICAL

S

YSTEM

M

AIN

B

ATTERY

S

WITCHES AND

L

ATCHING

S

OLENOIDS

(F

IG

. 6.3.1)

A

B

J

I

H

G

B. B

OW

T

HRUSTER

S

OLENOID

The latching solenoid for the bow thruster is located on the aft component board in the utility room which can be accessed by lifting the galley companionway steps.

B

OW

T

HRUSTER

L

ATCHING

S

OLENOID

(F

IG

. 6.3.2)

A

B

F

E

D

C

D

C

A BOW THRUSTER BATTERY

CHARGER

B COVER

C BOW THRUSTER SOLENOID

D 150 AMP FUSE

A MAIN DC BREAKER PANEL

B BLOWER MODULE

C WINDLASS MAIN SOLENOID

D STARBOARD BATTERIES

SOLENOID

E

EMERGENCY START SOLENOID

F PORT BATTERIES SOLENOID

G ELECTRONICS MAIN

TERMINAL STUD

H CONTROL STATION MAIN

TERMINAL STUD

I CABIN MAIN TERMINAL STUD

J GENERATOR MAIN SOLENOID

40 Motor Yacht ( 415 Motor Yacht) 6.3

S

ECTION

6 • E

LECTRICAL

S

YSTEM

M

AIN

DC B

REAKER

P

ANEL

M

AIN

DC B

REAKER

P

ANEL

(F

IG

. 6.4.1)

6.4

NOTE: Panel layout and labeling are subject to variance due to customized optional accessories and equipment.

40 Motor Yacht ( 415 Motor Yacht)

S

ECTION

6 • E

LECTRICAL

S

YSTEM

5. C

ONTROL

S

TATION

B

REAKER

P

ANEL

The control station breaker panel is located behind an access door under the helm at the control station.

In the event one of the breakers trip, determine and correct the fault, then reset by depressing the tripped breaker.

F

USE

B

LOCK

, T

YPICAL

(F

IG

. 6.5.3)

C

ONTROL

S

TATION

B

REAKER

P

ANEL

(F

IG

. 6.5.1)

6. E

LECTRICAL

S

YSTEM

F

USE

B

LOCKS

& B

REAKERS

Fuse blocks utilizing automotive type blade fuses are used to provide overload protection.

The electronics fuse block is located next to the breaker panel behind the access door under the helm at the control station.

There is also an accessory fuse block on the accessory board located behind the distribution panel in the salon.

In the event it becomes necessary to replace a fuse or an electrical breaker, REPLACE THE

FUSE OR BREAKER ONLY WITH A FUSE OR

BREAKER OF THE SAME RATING. The amperage is marked on the fuse or breaker.

If a fuse or breaker is replaced with one of lower amperage, it will be insufficient to carry the electrical load of the equipment it is connected to and cause nuisance tripping or blowing.

Conversely if a fuse or breaker is replaced with one of higher amperage, it will not provide adequate protection against an electr ical malfunction and could create a possible fire hazard. Some of the various types of breakers used on your boat are as follows:

This type is an in-line fuse holder and uses an automotive-type blade fuse.

(F

IG

. 6.5.4)

FUSE E

LECTRONICS

F

USE

B

LOCK AT

C

ONTROL

S

TATION

(F

IG

. 6.5.2)

40 Motor Yacht ( 415 Motor Yacht)

This type of breaker is found on the control station DC breaker panel located behind the access panel below the control station switch panel.

These breakers protect the trim tabs, wipers, windshield vent, navigation lights, spot

(F

IG

. 6.5.5)

6.5

S

ECTION

6 • E

LECTRICAL

S

YSTEM light, engine synchronizer, horn, instrument lights,

12V receptacle and accessories.

This type of breaker is typically found on the main distribution panel. It selects the electrical power source, either from the generator or from shore power.

(F

IG

. 6.6.1)

This type of breaker is found on the main DC breaker panel. It is used to protect the bilge pumps, sump pumps, bilge blowers, control station main, electronics, systems monitor, oil change pump, stereo memory and accessories. This is a manual

(F

IG

. 6.6.2)

SLOT FOR

DE-ENERGIZING reset breaker. It can be turned off by inserting a small screwdriver in the slot on the toggle switch.

This type is a current limiting fuse which is used to isolate faults in battery operated systems and equipment

(motor circuits, panel feeders, etc.).

(F

IG

. 6.6.3) in the port cabinet of the salon forward of the MDP panel and in the port cabinet of the master stateroom (See pages 2.21 thru 2.23). The receptacle is to be used with any 12 volt accessories using this type of plug.

8. E

MERGENCY

S

TART

S

YSTEM

The emergency start system utilizes a momentary switch located on the control station switch panel and an emergency start solenoid located in the main DC main breaker panel. Holding the switch energizes the solenoid which parallels the batteries to assist in starting.

Use the emergency start system when the charge of one bank of batteries is insufficient to start its corresponding engine.

To engage the engine emergency start system, start whichever engine has sufficient battery power, then hold the emergency start switch while starting the other engine.

9. E

LECTRONICS

C

IRCUIT

The 50 amp electronics circuit utilizes a circuit breaker on the main DC breaker panel on the forward component board in the bilge to energize the electronics fuse block at the control station.

! DANGER

EXTREME HAZARD – Swimming near a boat operating on AC electrical system can lead to severe shock and death. Never swim or allow swimming when AC system is in use.

7. 12 V

OLT

A

CCESSORY

R

ECEPTACLE

The 40 MY is equipped with four (4) 12 volt accessory receptacles located at the control station, inside the galley cabinet above the sink,

12 V

OLT

A

CCESSORY

R

ECEPTACLE

(F

IG

. 6.6.4)

6.6

10. AC S

YSTEM

The 40 MY’s AC standard electrical system operates on a 240V/60 cycle, 50 amp shore power cable.

Take time to become familiar with the Main

Distribution Panel in the port salon.

NOTE: An optional 220V/50 cycle, dual 30 amp system is available.

Line voltage from the generator or shore power is shown by the voltmeters on the AC main distribution

40 Motor Yacht ( 415 Motor Yacht)

S

ECTION

6 • E

LECTRICAL

S

YSTEM panel. The ammeters indicate amperes being drawn through the selected power source’s circuit breakers on the main distribution panel.

!

CAUTION

Never operate 240 volt shore power at less than

220 volts.

NOTE: Actual usage of equipment will depend on the amperage output of the power source available.

NOTE: The 220V/50Hz European option uses

Brown (Hot),Lt. Blue (Neutral) and Green (Ground) wiring.

!

CAUTION

This vessel is equipped with a shore line isolation transformer.

NOTE: Refer to page 6.12 for information regarding the Isolation Transformer.

11. M

AIN

DC D

ISTRIBUTION

P

ANEL

Your boat is equipped with a Main DC distribution panel located on the port salon. The breaker panel contains switches for various equipment throughout the boat plus the 12VDC battery switch and generator switch.

The main breakers located on the 240VAC main distribution panel are equipped with a source selector slide to prevent the generator and shore power from being energized at the same time and damaging the electrical system. Both breakers must be in the OFF position before switching to an alternate power source.

!

WARNING

Under no circumstances override the source select system.

The bilge pumps, emergency bilge pumps, blowers, engine event recorder, CO monitors, stereo memory and engine ECM remain energized at all times and CANNOT be turned

OFF with the battery solenoids. The entire remaining DC system CAN be turned OFF with the battery switches.

12. S

ERVICING THE

M

AIN

D

ISTRIBUTION

P

ANEL

NOTE:Servicing should be referred to a qualified electrician.

The main breakers may trip if there is a surge in line voltage, an electrical storm or an onboard system overload. The main breaker interrupts both the neutral and hot feeds in the AC circuit to prevent equipment damage due to internal overloads and external surges.

The 240 volt wiring installed on Sea Ray ® boats consists of four (4) color-coded wires. The black and red wires are the “hot” feed, white is the common, or neutral, and the green wire is the ground. All branch breakers and switches for AC equipment are installed on the “hot” wire. The green conductor of the shore power is connected through the isolation transformer to the AC grounding buss bar behind the main distribution panel (See page

6.35).

A. T

O

R

EPLACE

A F

AULTY

C

OMPONENT

O

N

T

HE

M

AIN

D

ISTRIBUTION

P

ANEL

:

1.

Turn all breakers OFF.

2.

Make sure the generator is OFF.

3.

Unplug the shore power.

4.

Remove screws from all sides except the hinged side of panel. The main distribution panel is hinged to swing open for servicing.

5.

Reverse the procedure for closing the panel.

40 Motor Yacht ( 415 Motor Yacht) 6.7

S

ECTION

6 • E

LECTRICAL

S

YSTEM

AC M

AIN

D

ISTRIBUTION

P

ANEL

AC M

AIN

D

ISTRIBUTION

P

ANEL

(F

IG

. 6.8.1)

6.8

NOTE: Panel layout and labeling are subject to variance due to customized optional accessories and equipment upgrades

40 Motor Yacht ( 415 Motor Yacht)

S

ECTION

6 • E

LECTRICAL

S

YSTEM

AC M

AIN

D

ISTRIBUTION

P

ANEL

(220V/50HZ)

AC M

AIN

D

ISTRIBUTION

P

ANEL

(I

NTERNATIONAL

O

PTION

)

(F

IG

. 6.9.1)

0

100

200

300

AC VOLTS

MAIN DISTRIBUTION PANEL

220 VAC 50 HZ

0

20

40 60

80 100

AC AMPERES

0

100

200

300

AC VOLTS

0

20

40 60

80 100

AC AMPERES

POWER

LINE 1

POWER

GENERATOR SHORE

!

CAUTION

PRIOR TO CONNECTING OR DISCONNECTING SHORE

POWER CABLE, TURN OFF PANEL MAIN BREAKER

AND BREAKER AT DOCKSIDE RECEPTACLE OR

SHORE POWER CABLE MAY BE DAMAGED.

LINE 2

GALLEY SYSTEMS

PORT SYSTEMS

POWER POWER

GENERATOR SHORE

MICROWAVE

REFRIGERATOR/

FREEZER

A/C PUMP/RELAY

SALON AIR

CONDITIONER #1

AFT AIR

CONDITIONER

BATTERY CHARGER

BOW THRUSTER

BATTERY CHARGER

ACCESSORY

!

CAUTION

PRIOR TO CONNECTING OR DISCONNECTING SHORE

POWER CABLE, TURN OFF PANEL MAIN BREAKER

AND BREAKER AT DOCKSIDE RECEPTACLE OR

SHORE POWER CABLE MAY BE DAMAGED.

STBD SYSTEMS

AFT SYSTEMS

WATER HEATER

STOVE

SALON AIR

CONDITIONER #2

FWD AIR

CONDITIONER

WASHER/DRYER

BRIDGE/COCKPIT

AIR CONDITIONER

ACCESSORY

ACCESSORY

NOTE: Panel layout and labeling are subject to variance due to customized optional accessories and equipment upgrades

40 Motor Yacht ( 415 Motor Yacht) 6.9

S

ECTION

6 • E

LECTRICAL

S

YSTEM

DC M

AIN

D

ISTRIBUTION

P

ANEL

DC M

AIN

D

ISTRIBUTION

P

ANEL

(F

IG

. 6.10.1)

6.10

NOTE: Panel layout and labeling are subject to variance due to customized optional accessories and equipment upgrades

40 Motor Yacht ( 415 Motor Yacht)

S

ECTION

6 • E

LECTRICAL

S

YSTEM

13. G

ENERATOR

!

CAUTION

Do not run the generator in an enclosed area, such as a closed boathouse, as there is a possibility of build-up and inhaling of carbon monoxide.

For access to the Onan generator breaker and coolant cap from the salon, remove the access hatch located in the base of the aft port salon sofa.

G

ENERATOR

S

ALON

A

CCESS

(F

IG

. 6.11.2)

Sea Ray ® strongly urges you to fully comply with the manual provided by the generator manufacturer. The generator is warranted separately by the generator manufacturer, NOT Sea Ray ® . Follow the recommended maintenance and warranty schedule in your Generator Operator’s Manual included in the Owner’s Manual Packet. Generator abuse or improper maintenance may adversely affect claims made under generator manufacturer separate warranty.

G

ENERATOR

(F

IG

. 6.11.1)

FWD

C

C

A ACCESS TO GENERATOR

BREAKER

B AFT PORT SALON SOFA

C

ACCESS COVER

B

A

14. S

HORE

P

OWER

A. S

HORE

P

OWER

C

ORD

A 50’ shore power cord is supplied and stored in the transom storage cabinet on the aft transom.

Two (2) 50’ shore power cords are supplied for the

International option. See Section 3 - Using Your

Boat, Pg. 3.8 for operation of the cablemaster system.

A

A GENERATOR

B PORT FUEL TANK

C GENERATOR MUFFLER

B

The generator is located in the bilge forward of the port fuel tank. Generator gauges are located on the generator. The generator is powered by the port engine battery bank.

B. C

ABLEMASTER

(O

PTIONAL

)

Yo u r 4 0 M Y m ay b e e q u i p p e d w i t h a cablemaster system which provides remote control access to automatically advance/

C

ABLEMASTER

(O

PTIONAL

)

(F

IG

. 6.11.3)

REMOTE

SWITCH

A. G

ENERATOR

O

PERATION

The procedures for starting, stopping and switching between generator and shore power are explained in Section 3 - Using Your Boat, pages 3.7 thru 3.9.

SHORE POWER

CORD

40 Motor Yacht ( 415 Motor Yacht) 6.11

S

ECTION

6 • E

LECTRICAL

S

YSTEM retrieve the 50amp240V/60 cycle shore power cords for hookup to dockside power. See

S e c t i o n 3 - U s i n g Yo u r B o a t , P g . 3 . 8 fo r operation of the cablemaster system.

C. I

SOLATION

T

RANSFORMER

Your yacht is equipped with an isolation transformer located under the forward steps in the utility room .

The boat’s electrical system and grounding conductor are not actually connected to the dockside system. The Isolation Transformer transfers power from the dockside electrical system

D. I

SO

B

OOST

T

RANSFORMER

(O

PTIONAL

)

The IsoBoost Transformer combines a shoreline

Isolation Transformer, described above, with a voltage sensing and switching circuit providing the ability to automatically increase the line voltage on your boat, all in a single unit. The isolation transformer completely isolates input power from output power giving you an improved degree of safety and preventing galvanic current corrosion due to the direct connection to AC shore power. The

IsoBoost increases the boat’s voltage when it falls below 204 volts due to low shoreline voltage. The

IsoBoost gives you the reliability and assurance that adequate voltage is provided for all the AC equipment on the boat.

I

SOLATION

T

RANSFORMER

(F

IG

. 6.12.1)

B

A

C

D

A ISOLATION TRANSFORMER

B BOW THRUSTER

C STARBOARD INBOARD STRINGER

D BOW THRUSTER OIL RESERVOIR BOTTLE

(IF REQUIRED BY MANUFACTURER) to the boat’s electrical system by magnetic coupling.

This means there is no direct electrical connection between the earth-grounded shore AC power and boat AC power. Isolating the power this way has several benefits which are listed below:

1. Eliminates shock hazards to people swimming around the boat.

2. Prevents reverse polarity due to a miss-wired shore power pedestal providing futher protection to people onboard as well as sensitive AC appliances.

3. Prevents galvanic current corrosion due to the direct connection to AC shore power.

REFER TO OWNER’S MANUAL PACKET FOR

INSTRUCTIONS AND WARRANTY INFORMATION.

6.12

I

SO

B

OOST

T

RANSFORMER FEATURES

:

1. The output voltage is boosted (increased) by

15% if the suppied voltage is to low. This low voltage commonly occurs when connecting to marina power sources that are derived from a

208 volt system rather than from a 240 volt system. The IsoBoost Transformer can extend the useful life of many electrical components installed on the boat.

2. Monitors the incoming voltage and alarms to warn you that the shore voltage has dropped to a level outside the boosting range. It will automatically shut down under conditions of extreme low voltage.

3. The remote indicator panel (installed at the main distribution panel in the cabin) allows you to monitor the operating status of your IsoBoost

Tranformer without having to go physically to the utility room to look at it. Refer to IsoBoost manual in owner’s manual packet for detailed instructions.

4. Boat system protection: if the boat’s voltage drops below 192 VAC for more than four seconds, the IsoBoost output is turned off.

Power will not be supplied again until shore voltage has increased by at least 20 VAC. If the boat’s voltage exceeds 260 VAC for five seconds, the IsoBoost output is turned off. Refer

40 Motor Yacht ( 415 Motor Yacht)

S

ECTION

6 • E

LECTRICAL

S

YSTEM to IsoBoost manual in the owner’s manual packet for detailed instructions.

If the IsoBoost Transformer turns off for a prolonged period of time, turn on the generator to supply AC power. Follow generator operating instructions (See

Section 3 - Using Your Boat, page 3.8).

In case of salt water spray or immersion: Rinse plug end and/or connector end thoroughly in fresh water, shake or blow out excess water and allow to dry. Spray with a moisture repellent before reuse.

E. S

HORE

P

OWER

B

REAKER

B

OX

The 240VAC main shore power breaker box is located inside the master stateroom port hanging closet.

The breaker(s) must be ON to operate the shore

AC power system.

15. B

ATTERY

C

HARGERS

The battery charging units located on the aft component board in the utility room are fully automatic and designed specifically for the marine environment. The high frequency characteristic has allowed these chargers to achieve a huge size and weight reduction over their previously used equipment. Commonly called high frequency or smart chargers, these units bring a new sophistication to the battery charger field.

M

AIN

S

HORE

P

OWER

B

REAKER

(F

IG

. 6.13.1)

SHORE MAIN

240 VAC

B

ATTERY

C

HARGERS

(F

IG

. 6.13.2) A

B

F. M

AINTENANCE FOR

S

HORE

P

OWER

C

ABLE

S

ET

& S

HORE

P

OWER

I

NLETS

!

WARNING

Disconnect the power cable from power source before performing maintenance.

The metallic parts of your cable set and inlet are made to resist corrosion. In salt water environment life of the product can be increased by periodically wiping the exposed parts with fresh water, drying and spraying with a moisture repellent.

A soiled cable can be cleaned with grease-cutting household detergent. A periodic application of vinyl protector will help both ends and cable maintain their original appearance.

40 Motor Yacht ( 415 Motor Yacht)

D

C

A

B

MAIN ENGINE BATTERY CHARGER

BOW THRUSTER BATTERY

CHARGER

C

D

BOW THRUSTER SOLENOID

BOW THRUSTER FUSE (175 AMPS)

!

WARNING

Never block air circulation through the unit. Never

NOTICE

Leave the converter running at all times to maintain the 12 volt system voltage.

6.13

S

ECTION

6 • E

LECTRICAL

S

YSTEM

A. C

HARGING

C

HARACTERISTICS

• Bulk Charge - this is initiated at power up and provides the chargers full-rated current to the battery bank until a predetermined voltage level of 14.2V to 14.4V is achieved and/or a certain time has passed.

• Absorption Charge - this stage immediately follows the bulk charge mode. It maintains the battery voltage at the bulk charge voltage level, but gradually decreases the current as the battery accepts the charge until it reaches a predetermined current level.

• Float Charge - this stage is designed to hold the battery at a safe, low voltage (typically 13.3V) providing up to the chargers full rated amperage to accommodate DC load requirements. The charge will remain in this mode until the AC power is cycled off and then on again.

B. C

HARGING CHARACTERISTICS OF THE

BOW THRUSTER

BATTERY CHARGER

.

• Bulk Charge - this is initiated at power up and provides the chargers full-rated current to the battery bank until a predetermined voltage level of 28.5V to 28.8V is achieved and/or a certain time has passed.

• Absorption Charge - this stage immediately follows the bulk charge mode. It maintains the battery voltage at the bulk charge voltage level, but gradually decreases the current as the battery accepts the charge until it reaches a predetermined current level.

• Float Charge - this stage is designed to hold the battery at a safe, low voltage (typically 26.5V) providing up to the chargers full rated amperage to accommodate DC load requirements. The charge will remain in this mode until the AC power is cycled off and then on again.

REFER TO OWNER’S MANUAL PACKET FOR

INSTRUCTIONS AND WARRANTY INFORMATION.

6.14

16. H

ALOGEN

L

IGHTING

Your 40 MY uses 12 volt Halogen lights throughout as the primary lighting system. The system is powered by the 12volt batteries and is activated by the lighting breakers on the DC distribution panel located in the salon.

The bulb MUST be protected from contaminates. Use appropriate protection, such as clean cloth gloves, when handling or disposing of all halogen-cycle bulbs. Wear eye protection. Turn power OFF when installing or before removing lamp. Allow lamp to cool before removal.

!

H

ALOGEN

B

ULB

(F

IG

. 6.14.1)

CAUTION

The filament bulbs used in all halogen-cycle lamps generate intense heat. To avoid the possibility of fire, do not use lamp at close range to materials that are combustible or affected by heat or drying.

Halogen-cycle bulbs are pressurized and could shatter if scratched or damaged. Glass halogencycle bulbs should be protected against contact with liquids when operating.

C

HANGING

A B

LOWN

B

ULB

:

Use appropriate protection, such as a clean cloth or gloves when handling or disposing of all Halogencycle bulbs. Wear eye protection. Turn power off when installing or before removing lamp. Allow lamp to cool before removal.

Remove grease or fingerprints from new Halogen bulbs with a grease-free solvent before use.

Grab light fixture housing and pull gently from ceiling or wall.

Take care when pulling the housing as it is spring loaded in the socket and the clips will snap quickly downward when released from the ceiling or wall.

(F

IG

. 6.14.2)

40 Motor Yacht ( 415 Motor Yacht)

S

ECTION

6 • E

LECTRICAL

S

YSTEM

Grab the fixture containing the bulb and twist counter clockwise.

(F

IG

. 6.15.1)

Pull the fixture out of the housing and replace the bulb with a bulb of equal wattage.

NOTE: The glass face plate in the housing is very fragile. Be careful that it remains in place and does not fall out, as it will break easily.

To replace the housing, reverse the previous directions. Grab the clips and hold them upwards until the housing is placed into its receptacle in the wall or ceiling. Push gently to seat the light housing securely.

(F

IG

. 6.15.2)

(F

IG

. 6.15.3)

!

CAUTION

Persons with heart problems or other conditions which make them susceptible to electric shock may still be injured by ground faults on circuits protected by the GFI receptacle. No safety devices yet designed will protect against all hazards or carelessly handled or misused electrical equipment or wiring.

receptacles throughout the yacht. This allows y o u r y a c h t t o h a v e a n e l e g a n t e x p o s e d receptacle while still providing protection from shock hazards. Please read and understand the CAUTION block above.

The GFI receptacle is designed to protect people from the line-to-ground shock hazards which could occur from defective power tools or appliances operating from this device, or from down-line outlets protected by it. It does not prevent line-to-ground electric shock, but does limit the time of exposure to a period considered safe for normally healthy persons.

It does not protect persons against line-to-line or line-to-neutral faults.

The GFI receptacle does not protect against short circuits or overloads. This is the function of the circuit breaker.

17. G

ROUND

F

AULT

I

NTERRUPTER

R

ECEPTACLE

(GFI)

Ground fault interrupter receptacles are located in the galley inside the upper cabinet, in the master head upper cabinet over the sink, in the guest head upper cabinet over the sink, under the salon entry steps and in the cockpit under the wet bar. The GFI receptacles are out of sight and wired in-line with the exposed Vmar

GFI O

UTLET

(F

IG

. 6.15.4)

A. I

NTERNATIONAL

R

ECEPTACLE

All readily accessible 220V outlets are protected by a Residual Current Circuit Breaker (RCCB) located in an out-of-sight location such as under a cabinet and includes a test switch to verify proper operation.

Its function is similar, but not identical to the 120V

GFI.

I

NTERNATIONAL

R

ECEPTACLE

(F

IG

. 6.15.5)

40 Motor Yacht ( 415 Motor Yacht) 6.15

S

ECTION

6 • E

LECTRICAL

S

YSTEM

R

ESIDUAL

C

URRENT

C

IRCUIT

B

REAKER

(F

IG

. 6.16.1)

!

CAUTION

Replace zinc anodes if they are corroded 50% or more.

18. E

LECTROLYTIC

C

ORROSION AND

Z

INC

A

NODES

Electrolysis corrosion of metals on power boats can result in serious deterioration. The boat owner must be aware of the possibilities of galvanic action

(the deterioration of metals due to dissimilar characteristics when placed in salt water), and/or electrolysis. It is the owner’s responsibility to check for and replace damaged parts due to galvanic deterioration. Refer to your Sea Ray ® dealer to investigate the source of stray corrosive currents.

Zinc plates are installed on the transom and trim tabs to protect underwater hardware. Zinc, being much less “noble” than copper based alloys and

Z

(F

INC

IG

A

NODES

. 6.16.2)

ON

T

RANSOM AND

A

T

RIM

T

ABS aluminum used in underwater fittings, will deteriorate first and protect the more noble parts.

Zinc anodes generally require replacement about once a year. (In salt water areas, replace

every six (6) months). The need to replace anodes more frequently may indicate a stray current problem within the boat or at the slip or mooring. If zinc anodes do not need replacing after one year, they may not be providing proper protection. Loose anodes or low-grade zinc may be the problem.

When an AC shore power system is connected to the boat, the underwater metal fittings will, in effect, be connected through the water to grounded metals ashore. The zincs will be consumed at a faster rate unless the marina maintains a protective system to prevent this. In this case, hanging a zinc in the water bonded to the metal outlet box on the dock will reduce zinc loss on the boat. DO NOT connect this zinc to the boat’s ground system.

It is extremely important that all electrically operated DC equipment and accessories be wired so that the ground polarity of each device is the same as that of the battery. Sea Ray ® boats have a negative ground system, which is the recommended practice throughout the marine industry. All metal items (fuel tanks, underwater gear, etc.) in the boat are connected to the zinc anode by the green bonding wire.

D

C

B

!

CAUTION

Never disconnect the green wire (safety ground) from the engine terminal.

6.16

A

B

C

D

ZINC ANODE ON TRIM TABS

TRIM TABS

ZINC ANODE

TRANSOM ZINC ANODE

NOTICE

DO NOT PAINT BETWEEN THE ZINC AND THE

METAL IT CONTACTS, AND DO NOT PAINT OVER

THE ZINC.

40 Motor Yacht ( 415 Motor Yacht)

S

ECTION

6 • E

LECTRICAL

S

YSTEM

Electrolytic corrosion can also be caused by “stray currents” due to a fault in an electrical item, even though correctly grounded.

19. AC & DC E

S

H

CHEMATICS

ARNESSES

LECTRICAL

& W

IRING

This owner's manual contains electrical schematics and wiring harness illustrations for your boat (See pages 6.18 thru 6.52). These electrical schematics were generated by electrical

CAD designers at the engineering division for technical reference and service technicians. Sea

Ray ® does not recommend that you attempt to work on the boat’s electrical system yourself.

Instead we recommend that you take your boat to your authorized Sea Ray ® dealer for service.

Sea Ray ® reserves the right to change or update the electrical system on any model at any time without notice to the consumer and is NOT obligated to make any updates to units built prior to changes.

40 Motor Yacht ( 415 Motor Yacht) 6.17

B

ONDING HARNESS

(F

IG

. 6.18.1)

S

ECTION

6 • E

LECTRICAL

S

YSTEM

A B

FWD

C

F

E

A

B

C

D

E

F

AC PUMP MANIFOLD

TO AFT BUSS BAR

STARBOARD ENGINE

GENERATOR

TO MAIN DC NEGATIVE BUSS

FORWARD BUSS BAR

DRAWING NO. 09-205 (1 OF 4)

B

ONDING HARNESS

(F

IG

. 6.18.2)

A

D

FWD

B

D

C

A

B

C

D

A/C

PORT ENGINE

TO MAIN DC BUSS

TO AFT BUSS BAR

6.18

DRAWING NO. 09-205 (2 OF 4)

40 Motor Yacht ( 415 Motor Yacht)

B

ONDING HARNESS

(F

IG

. 6.19.1)

S

ECTION

6 • E

LECTRICAL

S

YSTEM

A

B

FWD

A

MAIN DC NEGATIVE BUSS

B WASTE DISCHARGE

DRAWING NO. 09-205 (3 OF 4)

B

ONDING

H

ARNESS

(F

IG

. 6.19.2)

A

L

K

J

I

H

DRAWING NO. 09-205 (4 OF 4)

40 Motor Yacht ( 415 Motor Yacht)

G

F

E

B

C

FWD

D

H

I

J

K

L

A

B

C

D

E

F

G

STARBOARD RUDDER SUPPORT

ZINC PLATE

PORT RUDDER SUPPORT

PORT BOWRAIL

PORT RUDDER ARM

PORT RUDDER PACK GLAND

PORT STRUT

TO RORWARD BUSS

STARBOARD STRUT

STARBOARD RUDDER PACK GLAND

AFT BUSS BAR

STARBOARD BOW RAIL MAST LIGHT

6.19

S

ECTION

6 • E

LECTRICAL

S

YSTEM

B

(F

ILGE

IG

H

ARNESS

. 6.20.1)

T

U

V

A

S

R

Q

P

O

DRAWING NO. 09-801 (1 OF 2)

B

ILGE

H

ARNESS

(F

IG

. 6.20.2)

A

B

C

D

E

F

G

H

I

FWD

N

M

L

K

J

A

B

C

D

E

F

MASTER STATEROOM HEAD GFI

CONTROL STATION

TV COAX

A/C RELAY

SALON A/C UNITS

SYNCHRONIZER, A/C PUMP,

BILGE LIGHT #3, EXTINGUISHER

G

H

I

BILGE LIGHT #4

TRANSOM COMPONENTS

MASTER STATEROOM, SALON ENTRY

SWITCHES

J

K

MDP WIRING

ENGINE HARNESS

L

M

N

O

PORT FUEL TANK, BLOWER

BILGE PUMPS, SUMP PUMP

GENERATOR

HOLDING TANK, OIL CHANGE PUMP

(OPTIONAL)

P

Q

R

FORWARD EMERGENCY BILGE PUMP

MAIN DC BREAKER PANEL

DISCHARGE PUMP (OPTIONAL),

SYSTEMS MONITOR, MAIN DC

BREAKER PANEL TERMINAL STUDS

S

T

U

V

VAC-GEN, BILGE LIGHT #2

STARBOARD FUEL TANK, BLOWER

STARBOARD ENGINE HARNESS

MASTER STATEROOM HEAD HARNESS

CONNECTOR

B

C

FWD

D

E

H

G

DRAWING NO. 09-801 (2 OF 2) REVISION 1

6.20

F

A

B

C

D

WATER PUMP

TRIM TAB PUMP

WATER TANK SENDER

AFT PUMP

E

F

G

H

CABLEMASTER (OPTIONAL)

MASTER STATEROOM BUNK SWITCHES

BILGE HARNESS AFT WIRING

AUTO PILOT PUMP

40 Motor Yacht ( 415 Motor Yacht)

P

ORT

C

ABIN HARNESS

(F

IG

. 6.21.1)

S

ECTION

6 • E

LECTRICAL

S

YSTEM

K

E

F

G

H

I

J

L

FWD

A

B

C

D

A

B

SHORE MAIN BREAKER

MASTER STATEROOM HANGING

CLOSET LIGHT

F

G

C

D

E

MASTER STATEROOM CO MONITOR

MDP

FORWARD STATEROOM VENT MOTOR

FORWARD STATEROOM HEAD GFI

FORWARD STATEROOM HEAD

HARNESS CONNECTOR

H

I

J

FORWARD STATEROOM A/C UNIT

FORWARD STATEROOM CO MONITOR

FORWARD STATEROOM

SWITCHES / PHONE

K

L

FORWARD STATEROOM PORT TASK

LIGHT

FORWARD STATEROOM STARBOARD

TASK LIGHT

DRAWING NO. 09-821 (1 OF 2) REVISION 1

P

ORT

C

ABIN

H

ARNESS

(F

IG

. 6.21.2)

D

B

C

A

E

F

G

H

FWD

E

F

G

H

A

B

C

D

GALLEY HARNESS CONNECTORS

ISOLATION TRANSFORMER

BOW THRUSTER CHARGER (OPTIONAL)

MAIN ENGINE CHARGER

WASHER/DRYER (OPTIONAL)

RECEPTACLE

WATER HEATER

MDP & MASTER STATEROOM

FORWARD STATEROOM HEAD VENT

MOTOR

DRAWING NO. 09-821 (2 OF 2) REVISION 1

40 Motor Yacht ( 415 Motor Yacht) 6.21

S

ECTION

6 • E

LECTRICAL

S

YSTEM

S

TARBOARD

C

ABIN HARNESS

(F

IG

. 6.22.1)

J

A

FWD

B

I

E

F

G

H

J

I

D

E

F

G

H

A

B

C

CONTROL STATION WIRING

SALON TV RECEPTACLE COAXIAL CABLE

PORT NAV LIGHT

SPOT LIGHT MODULE

HORN COMPRESSOR

FORWARD STATEROOM RECEPTACLE

STARBOARD NAV LIGHT

FORWARD STATEROOM TV

RECEPTACLE / COAXIAL CABLE

SALON GFI RECEPTACLE / SALON PHONE

CONTROL STATION CONNECTOR

C

DRAWING NO. 09-827

E

NGINE

H

ARNESS

(F

IG

. 6.22.2)

A

D

B

C

D

E

FWD

6.22

DRAWING NO. 09-812

F

A

B

C

CONTROL STATION

CAT DATA TERMINALS (OPTIONAL)

STARBOARD ENGINE

D PLUG 51

E

F

PORT ENGINE

MAIN DC BREAKER PANEL

40 Motor Yacht ( 415 Motor Yacht)

S

ECTION

6 • E

LECTRICAL

S

YSTEM

F

ORWARD

S

TATEROOM

H

EAD

/S

HOWER HARNESS

(F

IG

. 6.23.1)

A

DRAWING NO. 09-824

G

ALLEY

H

ARNESS

(F

IG

. 6.23.2)

J

I

K

H

G

DRAWING NO. 09-830

F

E

40 Motor Yacht ( 415 Motor Yacht)

D

C

B

A

LIGHTS

B

C

PORT CABIN HARNESS CONNECTOR

HEAD INDICATOR LIGHTS

D SWITCH BOX

D

A

B

C

A

B

C

GALLEY GFI, 12VAC RECEPTACLE

COFFEE MAKER

GALLEY RECEPTACLE, SWITCHES

D STOVE RELAY

E

F

G

MICROWAVE RECEPTACLE

REFRIGERATOR

REFRIGERATOR RECEPTACLE

H

J

I

K

PORT CABIN HARNESS (P47, P48)

MDP

FORWARD SALON SWITCHES

GALLEY VENT BLOWER

6.23

J

K

L

I

S

ECTION

6 • E

LECTRICAL

S

YSTEM

M

ASTER

S

TATEROOM

H

EAD

H

ARNESS

(F

IG

. 6.24.1)

A

L

K

I

J

H

DRAWING NO. 09-834

D

ECK

H

ARNESS

(F

IG

. 6.24.2)

A

G

F

B

E

D

C

A

SHOWER LIGHT

B

C

TO CABIN STEREO

HEAD HARNESS TO BILGE HARNESS

CONNECTOR

D

GFI RECEPTACLE

E VANITY RECEPTACLE

J

K

L

F

G

H

I

VANITY SWITCHES

HEAD SWITCHES, INDICATOR PANEL

VENT MOTOR

BUNK RECEPTACLE

STEREO SPEAKERS

HEAD LIGHT

VANITY LIGHTS

FWD

B

C

D

DECK INVERTED

FOR CLARITY

D

E

A

WIPER SOLENOID, COCKPIT LIGHTS

B

C

STARBOARD WIPER

STARBOARD SALON SPEAKER

D

SALON LIGHTS

E

CENTER SALON LIGHTS

F

G

WINDSHIELD VENT

PORT SALON SPEAKER

K

L

H

PORT WIPER

I

J

SALON ENTRY SWITCH

CABIN STEREO

CONTROL STATION SWITCH PANEL

CONTROL STATION NEGATIVE BUSS,

TS-6, HORN RELAY

40 Motor Yacht ( 415 Motor Yacht)

6.24

D

DRAWING NO. 09-842

H

G

F

S

ECTION

6 • E

LECTRICAL

S

YSTEM

C

ONTROL

S

TATION

H

ARNESS

(F

IG

. 6.25.1)

A

B

G

F

E

D

C

P

O

N

I

J

H

BACK OF DASH

M L

K

A

B

C

D

E

AUTO PILOT

VHF

CONNECTORS F95, F96, F110

CONNECTOR M98 TO DASH

CHART PLOTTER/ SEA RAY NAVIGATOR

(OPTIONAL) POWER

F

G

RADAR

SMART CRAFT J-BOX (F111)

H

I

J

K

SYSTEM MONITOR

TRI-DATA

EXTINQUISHER MODULE

TRIM TABS

L

M

ELECTRONICS FUSE BOX

CONNECTOR M69 TO SWITCH PANEL

N CONNECTOR F98 TO HELM COMPONENT

BOARD

O

P

CONNECTORS F70, F72

CONNECTOR M97 TO SWITCH PANEL

DRAWING NO. 09-848

W

INDLASS

H

ARNESS

(F

IG

. 6.25.2)

A

F

DRAWING NO. 09-853 REVISION 1

E

40 Motor Yacht ( 415 Motor Yacht)

D

B

C

DECK INVERTED

FOR CLARITY

A

B

TO CONTROL SOLENOID AND CONTROL STATION

BATTERY CABLES TO WINDLASS AND MAIN

NEGATIVE BUSS

C WINDLASS

D

E

F

SPOTLIGHT MODULE

WINDLASS CONTROL SOLENOID

FOOT SWITCHES

6.25

S

ECTION

6 • E

LECTRICAL

S

YSTEM

H

ARDTOP HARNESS

(F

IG

. 6.26.1)

S

A B

R

Q

P

O

N

DRAWING NO. 09-839 (1 OF 2)

M

HARDTOP

H

ARNESS

(F

IG

. 6.26.2)

C

D

E

F

L

K

J

I

H

G

A

B

C

LIGHT #4

LIGHT #6

PORT AFT COCKPIT LIGHT

D PORT ENTRY LIGHT SWITCH

E

F

G

PORT FORWARD SPEAKER

LIGHT #5

LIGHT #1

H

I

J

MAST LIGHT

LIGHT #3

STARBOARD FORWARD SPEAKER

K

L

M

STARBOARD ENTRY LIGHT SWITCH

STARBOARD AFT COCKPIT LIGHT

LIGHT #2

N

O

P

STERN ENTRY LIGHT SWITCH

STARBOARD AFT SPEAKER

STERN LIGHT

Q

R

S

TV ANTENNA COAX

STEREO ANTENNA COAX

PORT AFT SPEAKER

E

D

C

B

A

A

STARBOARD AFT COCKPIT LIGHT

B

C

D

CONNECTORS M73, F73

THRU HARDTOP

PORT AFT COCKPIT LIGHT

E

CONNECTORS M103, F103

F CONTROL STATION CONNECTIONS

F

6.26

DRAWING NO. 09-839 (2 OF 2)

40 Motor Yacht ( 415 Motor Yacht)

DC W

IRING

S

CHEMATIC

(F

IG

. 6.27.1)

S

ECTION

6 • E

LECTRICAL

S

YSTEM

Drawing No. 09-601 (1 of 7) Revision 6

40 Motor Yacht ( 415 Motor Yacht) 6.27

DC W

IRING

S

CHEMATIC

(F

IG

. 6.28.1)

S

ECTION

6 • E

LECTRICAL

S

YSTEM

6.28

Drawing No. 09-601 (2 of 7) Revision 2

40 Motor Yacht ( 415 Motor Yacht)

DC W

IRING

S

CHEMATIC

(F

IG

. 6.29.1)

S

ECTION

6 • E

LECTRICAL

S

YSTEM

Drawing No. 09-601 (3 of 7) Revision 5

40 Motor Yacht ( 415 Motor Yacht) 6.29

DC W

IRING

S

CHEMATIC

(F

IG

. 6.30.1)

S

ECTION

6 • E

LECTRICAL

S

YSTEM

Drawing No. 09-601 (4 of 7) Revision 4

6.30

40 Motor Yacht ( 415 Motor Yacht)

DC W

IRING

S

CHEMATIC

(F

IG

. 6.31.1)

S

ECTION

6 • E

LECTRICAL

S

YSTEM

Drawing No. 09-601 (5 of 7) Revision 4

40 Motor Yacht ( 415 Motor Yacht) 6.31

C

ABIN

DC W

IRING

S

CHEMATIC

(F

IG

. 6.32.1)

S

ECTION

6 • E

LECTRICAL

S

YSTEM

6.32

Drawing No. 09-601 (6 of 7)

40 Motor Yacht ( 415 Motor Yacht)

C

ABIN

DC W

IRING

S

CHEMATIC

(F

IG

. 6.33.1)

S

ECTION

6 • E

LECTRICAL

S

YSTEM

Drawing No. 09-601 (7 of 7)

40 Motor Yacht ( 415 Motor Yacht) 6.33

C

ABIN

DC W

IRING

S

CHEMATIC

(F

IG

. 6.34.1)

S

ECTION

6 • E

LECTRICAL

S

YSTEM

6.34

Drawing No. 09-602 (1 of 2) Revision 2

40 Motor Yacht ( 415 Motor Yacht)

C

ABIN

DC W

IRING

S

CHEMATIC

(F

IG

. 6.35.1)

S

ECTION

6 • E

LECTRICAL

S

YSTEM

Drawing No. 09-602 (2 of 2) Revision 1

40 Motor Yacht (415 Motor Yacht) 6.35

AC W

IRING

S

CHEMATIC

240/60H

Z

(F

IG

. 6.36.1)

S

ECTION

6 • E

LECTRICAL

S

YSTEM

6.36

Drawing No. 09-631 (1 of 2) Revision 3

40 Motor Yacht ( 415 Motor Yacht)

AC W

IRING

S

CHEMATIC

240/60H

Z

(F

IG

. 6.37.1)

S

ECTION

6 • E

LECTRICAL

S

YSTEM

Drawing No. 09-631 (2 of 2)

40 Motor Yacht ( 415 Motor Yacht) 6.37

AC W

IRING

S

CHEMATIC

(E

URO

O

PTION

220V/50H

Z

)

(F

IG

. 6.38.1)

S

ECTION

6 • E

LECTRICAL

S

YSTEM

Drawing No. 09-633 (1 of 2) Revision 1

6.38

40 Motor Yacht ( 415 Motor Yacht)

AC W

IRING

S

CHEMATIC

(E

URO

O

PTION

220V/50H

Z

)

(F

IG

. 6.39.1)

S

ECTION

6 • E

LECTRICAL

S

YSTEM

Drawing No. 09-633 (2 of 2)

40 Motor Yacht ( 415 Motor Yacht) 6.39

AC S

YSTEM

W

IRING

D

IAGRAM

(F

IG

. 6.40.1)

S

ECTION

6 • E

LECTRICAL

S

YSTEM

Drawing No. 09-640 (1 of 2) Revision 3

6.40

40 Motor Yacht ( 415 Motor Yacht)

AC S

YSTEM

W

IRING

D

IAGRAM

(E

URO

O

PTION

220V/50H

Z

)

(F

IG

. 6.41.1)

S

ECTION

6 • E

LECTRICAL

S

YSTEM

Drawing No. 09-640 (2 of 2) Revision 3

40 Motor Yacht ( 415 Motor Yacht) 6.41

C

ABLEMASTER

R

EMOTE

S

CHEMATIC

(F

IG

. 6.42.1)

S

ECTION

6 • E

LECTRICAL

S

YSTEM

6.42

Drawing No. 09-608 Revision 2

40 Motor Yacht ( 415 Motor Yacht)

E

NGINE

H

ARNESS

S

CHEMATIC

(F

IG

. 6.43.1)

S

ECTION

6 • E

LECTRICAL

S

YSTEM

Drawing No. 09-604 (1 of 4) Revision 1

40 Motor Yacht ( 415 Motor Yacht) 6.43

E

NGINE

H

ARNESS WITH

S

MART

C

RAFT

S

CHEMATIC

(F

IG

. 6.44.1)

S

ECTION

6 • E

LECTRICAL

S

YSTEM

6.44

Drawing No. 09-604 (2 of 4) Revision 1

40 Motor Yacht ( 415 Motor Yacht)

K

OHLER

G

AS GENERATOR

S

CHEMATIC

(F

IG

. 6.45.1)

S

ECTION

6 • E

LECTRICAL

S

YSTEM

Drawing No. 09-623

40 Motor Yacht ( 415 Motor Yacht) 6.45

E

NGINE

S

YNCHRONIZER

M

ODULE

S

CHEMATIC

(F

IG

. 6.46.1)

S

ECTION

6 • E

LECTRICAL

S

YSTEM

Drawing No. 09-612

6.46

40 Motor Yacht ( 415 Motor Yacht)

S

YSTEMS

M

ONITOR

S

CHEMATIC

(F

IG

. 6.47.1)

S

ECTION

6 • E

LECTRICAL

S

YSTEM

Drawing No. 09-606

40 Motor Yacht ( 415 Motor Yacht) 6.47

S

TOVE

T

OP

S

WITCH

S

CHEMATIC

(F

IG

. 6.48.1)

S

ECTION

6 • E

LECTRICAL

S

YSTEM

Drawing No. 09-607 Revision 1

6.48

40 Motor Yacht ( 415 Motor Yacht)

M

AIN

N

EGATIVES

, G

ROUNDING

,

AND

B

ONDING

S

CHEMATIC

(F

IG

. 6.49.1)

S

ECTION

6 • E

LECTRICAL

S

YSTEM

Drawing No. 09-603

40 Motor Yacht ( 415 Motor Yacht)

& CUMMINS 480CE

6.49

W

INDLASS

S

CHEMATIC

(F

IG

. 6.50.1)

S

ECTION

6 • E

LECTRICAL

S

YSTEM

6.50

Drawing No. 09-610

40 Motor Yacht ( 415 Motor Yacht)

B

OW

T

HRUSTER

S

CHEMATIC

(F

IG

. 6.51.1)

S

ECTION

6 • E

LECTRICAL

S

YSTEM

Drawing No. 09-616 Revision 2

40 Motor Yacht ( 415 Motor Yacht) 6.51

S

MART

C

RAFT

S

YSTEM

W

IRING

(F

IG

. 6.52.1)

S

ECTION

6 • E

LECTRICAL

S

YSTEM

6.52

Drawing No. 09-701 Revision 3

40 Motor Yacht ( 415 Motor Yacht)

S

EA

R

AY

N

AVIGATOR

I

NTERCONNECT

D

IAGRAM

(F

IG

. 6.53.1)

S

ECTION

6 • E

LECTRICAL

S

YSTEM

Drawing No. 09-703

40 Motor Yacht ( 415 Motor Yacht) 6.53

S

TEREO

W

IRING

D

IAGRAM

(F

IG

. 6.54.1)

S

ECTION

6 • E

LECTRICAL

S

YSTEM

6.54

Drawing No. 09-611 Revision 3

40 Motor Yacht ( 415 Motor Yacht)

S

ECTION

7 • A

CCESSORIES AND

O

PTIONS

1. L

AYOUT AND

A

CCESSORIES

Figures 7.21.1 and 7.22.1 identify the location and arrangement of the equipment and components on your yacht. We strongly suggest that you walk through your yacht, locate the features illustrated, and become familiar with their operation and maintenance.

!

CAUTION

This detector will only indicate the presence of carbon monoxide gas at the sensor. Carbon monoxide may be present in other areas.

It is important that you read and understand the CO monitor information and operating instructions. It is extremely important that you become familiar with the CO monitor and its functions.

2. C

ARBON

M

ONOXIDE

M

ONITORS

The 40 MY is equipped with a carbon monoxide

(CO) monitors throughout the boat. The CO monitor is an electronic instrument that detects carbon monoxide. When there is a build-up of CO in any room, the monitor in that room will alert the occupants by a flashing a DANGER light and sounding an alarm. The CO monitors are powered through a breaker on the DC Distribution panel at the control station.

C

ARBON

M

ONOXIDE

M

ONITOR

(F

IG

. 7.1.1)

A

D

B

C

A. T

ESTING

T

HE

CO M

ONITOR

Test the monitors on your boat for at manufacturers required intervals by pushing the TEST button on the side of the unit. If the unit is operating correctly both audible and visual warning indicators will be activated.

!

CAUTION

To reduce the risk of carbon monoxide poisoning, test the monitor operation when not in use for 10 days or more.

REFER TO THE MANUFACTURER’S INSTRUCTION

MANUAL IN THE OWNER’S MANUAL PACKET FOR

INSTRUCTIONS AND WARRANTY INFORMATION.

A

B

C

D

POWER INDICATOR

DANGER INDICATOR

HORN

TEST BUTTON

!

DANGER

Actuation of the CO monitor indicates the presence of carbon monoxide which can be FATAL.

EVACUATE THE PREMISES IMMEDIATELY. DO A HEAD

COUNT TO CHECK THAT ALL PERSONS ARE

ACCOUNTED FOR. CALL THE NEAREST FIRE

DEPARTMENT AND ASK THEM TO DETERMINE THE

SOURCE OF CARBON MONOXIDE. DO NOT REENTER

PREMISES UNTIL IT HAS BEEN AIRED OUT AND THE

PROBLEM IS CORRECTED.

3. A

IR

C

ONDITIONING

& H

EATING

The 40 MY air conditioning/heating system consists of three (3) standard air conditioning/heating units, a raw water pump with seacock and strainer and a relay unit so the water pump will be activated by demand when any AC unit comes on. An optional cockpit A/C unit is also available.

Care should be taken so as not to stow items around the air handlers that may block the return air grill or damage the freon lines running to the compressor.

The air filters for each unit should be removed and cleaned periodically to assure fresh, clean air circulation and to reduce stress on the unit.

40 Motor Yacht ( 415 Motor Yacht) 7.1

S

ECTION

7 • A

CCESSORIES AND

O

PTIONS

The forward stateroom unit is located under the hanging closet and can be accessed through the vent on the side of the closet. The controls for the unit are located on the forward wall of the hanging closet. The removable air filter can be accessed by removing the air intake vent on the side of the hanging closet.

The salon unit is located in the aft starboard salon behind an access hatch above the sofa. The controls for the unit are located on the port side of the salon above the DC distribution panel. The removable air filter is located on the face of the unit.

The master stateroom unit is located under the head of the bunk. The controls for the unit are located on the port hanging closet wall. The removable air filter can be accessed by removing the air intake vent on the starboard side of the bunk.

The cockpit unit (Optional) is a split system air unit with the air handler located under the companion seat at the control station. The compressor for the unit is located in the aft starboard salon and can be reached through an access panel under the entertainment center in the salon. The controls for the unit are located on the starboard side of the cockpit wet bar. The removable air filter is located on the face of the unit.

The system is cooled to maintain optimal operating temperature by the raw water pump located in the bilge. The pump draws water through a seacock and filters it through a sea water strainer. The water passes through each compressor cooling the condensing coils, then flows overboard through various thru-hull drains. (The sea water strainer should be inspected frequently and cleaned out when plugged. To clean strainer, refer to Section 4- Bilge

& Underwater Gear, pg. 4.11, Seacocks & Strainers).

The condensation drains for all the compressor units connect into the common drain.

2. Turn ON the A/C WATER PUMP & RELAY circuit breaker on the main AC distribution panel.

Turn ON each A/C UNIT circuit breaker located on the same panel.

3. Refer to air conditioner owner’s manual in the owner’s packet for instructions on operation of the control panels.

REFER TO OWNER’S MANUAL PACKET FOR

INSTRUCTIONS AND WARRANTY INFORMATION.

A

(F

IR

IG

C

ONDITIONING

. 7.2.1)

/H

EATING

L

OCATIONS

V-BERTH

STATEROOM

AIR HANDLER

SALON

AIR HANDLER

MASTER

STATEROOM

AIR HANDLER

COCKPIT

AIR HANDLER

(OPTIONAL)

A. T

O START SYSTEM

:

1. Make sure the seacock for the cooling water pump is open.

7.2

40 Motor Yacht ( 415 Motor Yacht)

S

ECTION

7 • A

CCESSORIES AND

O

PTIONS

4. W

ATER

S

YSTEM

The fresh water system consists of a 100 gallon

(378.5 liter) water tank, 12 volt water pump with a filter on the input side of the pump, water heater, accumulator tank and hot and cold distribution manifolds.

The fresh water system is activated by the fresh water pump breaker on the salon 12VDC distribution panel. The breaker must be ON to operate the head, shower, ice maker, fresh water washdowns and faucets.

A. W

ATER

T

ANK

The water tank is located between the port and starboard inboard stringers beneath the swim platform . To check the water level in the tank, press the water level switch on the 12 volt DC distribution panel located in the salon. The lights will indicate the amount of water in the tank.

F

ILLING THE

W

ATER

T

ANK

The tank is filled through a fill plate located on the starboard transom at the bottom of the steps. Fill the water tank only from a source known to provide safe, pure drinking water. To fill your water tank you should use a plastic hose. Do not use a rubber hose; it can give the water a disagreeable flavor.

The hose should be kept for filling use only. After using the hose it should be emptied. Start at one end and raise the hose to shoulder level and walk to the opposite end of the hose, allowing the remaining water to flow out. You should store your water tank filling hose in a clean dry place. It is also a good practice to cover the ends of the hose to keep the inside clean.

T

O

B

EGIN

I

NITIAL

O

PERATION

:

1.

Fill the water tank with potable water.

2.

Switch the water pump breaker to the ON position.

F

RESH

W

ATER

S

YSTEM

(F

IG

. 7.3.1)

A

C

D

A

B

E

TO TRANSOM SHOWER

SEE FIGURE 7.3.3

TO BOW WASHDOWN

SEE FIGURE 7.3.2

SEE FIGURE 7.3.1

B

C

E

D

40 Motor Yacht ( 415 Motor Yacht) 7.3

S

ECTION

7 • A

CCESSORIES AND

O

PTIONS

F

RESH

W

ATER

S

YSTEM

(F

IG

. 7.4.1)

J

A

B

C

D

F

RESH

W

ATER

S

YSTEM

(F

IG

. 7.4.3)

D

C

FWD

B

A

E

F

G

H

I

7.4

I

E

F

G

FWD

H

C

D

A

B

E

WATER TANK

SENDING UNIT

AFT BULKHEAD

FILL HOSE

WATER FEED TO PUMP

F

G

H

I

J

WATER PUMP W/FILTER

FROM MANIFOLD TO MASTER HEAD

TO WATER MANIFOLD

TO ACCUMULATOR BOTTLE

ACCUMULATOR BOTTLE

F

RESH

W

ATER

S

YSTEM

(F

IG

. 7.4.2)

A

B

C

D

E

H

F

E

G

F

FWD

C

D

A

B

FEED TO MASTER HEAD

AFT ENGINE BULKHEAD

COLD WATER TO MASTER SHOWER

SHOWER WATER MIXER

E

F

HOT WATER TO MASTER SHOWER

HOT WATER TO MASTER VANITY

COLD WATER TO MASTER VANITY

G

H FROM TANK TO MANIFOLD

J

L

K

C

D

A

B

E

F

FROM WATER TANK

WATER MANIFOLD

TO WASHER /DRYER (OPTIONAL)

FROM WATER HEATER

WATER HEATER

HOT WATER TO GUEST SHOWER

G

H

I

J

K

GUEST SHOWER WATER MIXER

COLD WATER TO GUEST SHOWER

COLD WATER TO GUEST VANITY

HOT WATER TO GUEST VANITY

HOT WATER VENT TO THRU-HULL

L FEED TO WATER HEATER

3.

One at a time, open all hot and cold faucets to bleed air from the water lines.

4.

Once air has been eliminated from water lines, close faucets.

5.

Shutting off the last faucet should cause the pump to shut off.

F

RESH

W

ATER

T

ANK

(F

IG

. 7.4.4)

H

FWD

G

A

B

C

E

D

F

A

B

C

D

WATER TANK

SENDING UNIT

AFT BULKHEAD

FILL HOSE

E

F

G

H

WATER FEED HOSE

WATER PUMP W/FILTER

TO WATER MANIFOLD

ACCUMULATOR BOTTLE

40 Motor Yacht ( 415 Motor Yacht)

S

ECTION

7 • A

CCESSORIES AND

O

PTIONS

S

ANITIZING THE

W

ATER

S

YSTEM

Although your dealer initially sanitizes the water system, if the system has not been used for a long period of time, or you suspect it may be contaminated, use a water treatment additive to sanitize the potable water system. Water treatment additives are available at marine/RV supply stores.

If water treatment additives are not available, adhere to the following procedure for complete sanitation of your potable water system.

1.

Prepare a chlorine solution using one (1) gallon of water and one (1) cup Clorox or Purex household bleach (5% Hypochlorite solution).

F

RESH

W

ATER

F

ILL

P

LATE

(F

IG

. 7.5.1)

A

B

C water and allow this solution to agitate in the tank for several days by vehicle motion.

6.

Drain tank and again flush with potable water.

7.

Replace water filter.

B. W

ATER

P

UMP

& F

ILTER

The pump for the fresh water system is located aft of the master stateroom head (See figure 7.4.1) and can be reached through an access panel on the aft wall of the head.

The pump activated by the FRESH WATER PUMP breaker on the salon 12VDC main distribution panel.

A filter is situated on the input side of the pump t o f i l t e r a n y p a r t i c l e s t h a t m a y h a v e accumulated in the water tank. The filter should be checked and cleaned periodically.

Before servicing the system, turn the FRESH

W AT E R P U M P b r e a ke r O F F a n d r e l e a s e pressure on the system by opening a faucet.

A

B

C

WATER FILL

TRANSOM

COCKPIT STEPS

With tank empty, pour chlorine solution into tank, using one (1) gallon solution for each sixty

(60) gallons of tank capacity.

2.

Complete filling of tank with fresh water. Open each faucet until air has been released and the entire system is filled.

3.

Allow to stand for three (3) hours.

4.

Drain and flush with potable fresh water.

5.

To remove excessive chlorine taste or odor which might remain, prepare a solution of four

(4) quarts of vinegar to twenty (20) gallons of

C. W

ATER

S

YSTEM

P

RESSURIZATION

Water system pressure is regulated by a pneumatic accumulator bottle (See figure 7.4.1) located inline on the cold water outlet from the pump.

The accumulator tank smooths water flow and reduces on/off cycling of the pumps by lessening the variation in pressure and flow between the pump and the outlets in the system.

The even flow of water gives better control of hot water adjustment at the faucet.

The reduced on/off cycling reduces noise from the pump motor, and from shock pressures (pipe hammer). It also reduces battery drain, and gives longer pump life.

REFER TO OWNER’S MANUAL PACKET FOR

INSTRUCTIONS AND WARRANTY INFORMATION.

40 Motor Yacht ( 415 Motor Yacht) 7.5

S

ECTION

7 • A

CCESSORIES AND

O

PTIONS

D. W

ATER

D

ISTRIBUTION

M

ANIFOLD

The distribution manifold is located on the aft wall of the utility room, which is accessed by lifting the companionway steps leading to the galley. The manifold directs fresh water to the various equipment throughout the yacht.

If away from the boat for an extended period of time it is suggested that you relieve the hose pressure of the fresh water system by turning OFF the

FRESH WATER PUMP breaker on the DC main distribution panel and then opening a faucet on the boat.

F

RESH

W

ATER

M

ANIFOLD

(F

IG

. 7.6.1)

REFER TO OWNER’S MANUAL PACKET FOR

INSTRUCTIONS AND WARRANTY INFORMATION.

J

K

L

M

H

I

N

M

E

F

G

C

D

P

A

B

Q

R

S

T

U

A

B

C

D

FROM HOT WATER HEATER

TRANSOM SHOWER

MASTER HEAD SINK/SHOWER

E

F

G

GALLEY

GUEST HEAD SINK/SHOWER

WASHER (OPTIONAL)

TRANSOM SHOWER

H

I

J

K

WASHER (OPTIONAL)

GUEST HEAD SINK/SHOWER

GUEST HEAD TOILET

BILGE/COCKPIT

L

M

GALLEY

MASTER HEAD SINK/SHOWER

N MASTER HEAD TOILET

TO WATER HEATER

O

P FROM FRESH WATER TANK

WATER MANIFOLD

FROM WATER HEATER

WATER HEATER

TO WATER HEATER

FROM WATER TANK

E. W

ATER

H

EATER

The 11 gallon (41.6 liters) water heater is located on the port side of the utility room and can be accessed by lifting the galley companionway steps.

The water heater is powered by a breaker on the

240VAC main distribution panel located in the salon.

The water heater has a check valve to prevent hot water from back-washing into the cold water source and a pressure relief valve to avoid damage to the heater from over pressure or excessive temperature.

H

OT

W

ATER

H

EATER

(F

IG

. 7.6.2)

FWD B

A

FWD

Q

R

A WATER HEATER

B MANIFOLD

S

U

7.6

T

I

NITIAL

S

TART

-U

P

O

R

A

FTER

W

INTERIZATION

:

1.

Make sure the WATER HEATER breaker on the

240VAC distribution panel is OFF.

40 Motor Yacht ( 415 Motor Yacht)

S

ECTION

7 • A

CCESSORIES AND

O

PTIONS

2.

Fill the heater with water.

3.

Open the hot water faucets until all air is eliminated from the system.

4.

Make certain the heater is full of water.

COMPLETE FAILURE OF THE HEATING

ELEMENTS WILL RESULT IF THEY ARE

NOT COMPLETELY IMMERSED IN WATER

AT ALL TIMES.

5.

Turn the WATER HEATER breaker ON.

To maintain water heater properly, drain whenever the possibility of freezing occurs and frequently inspect lines and connections for leaks.

The 40 MY is equipped with three (3) fresh water spigots; one in the bilge located on the starboard inboard stringer, one in the starboard bow locker and one in the cockpit wet bar. The washdowns come with a 12-foot hose and a strap for storage when not in use. The system uses water from the fresh water tank. The FRESH WATER PUMP breakers on the salon 12VDC distribution panel must be ON to operate the system.

G. D

OCKSIDE

W

ATER

I

NLET

The dockside water inlet, located on the port transom allows use of a dockside water source to provide water for the boat’s fresh water system .

!

WARNING

M a k e c e r t a i n t h e h o t w a t e r l i n e s a r e a i r f r e e , i n d i c a t i n g t h e w a t e r h e a t e r i s f u l l .

Damage will occur to water heater if it is not full when turned on.

REFER TO OWNER’S MANUAL PACKET FOR

INSTRUCTIONS AND WARRANTY INFORMATION.

D

OCKSIDE

W

ATER

I

NLET

(F

IG

. 7.7.2)

F. F

RESH

W

ATER

W

ASHDOWN

W

ASHDOWN

S

PIGOT

(F

IG

. 7.7.1)

A

C

B

A

B

C

COCKPIT WET BAR

STARBOARD BOW LOCKER

BILGE STARBOARD INBOARD STRINGER

40 Motor Yacht ( 415 Motor Yacht)

T

O

U

SE

T

HE

S

YSTEM

:

1.

Make sure the “FRESH WATER PUMP” breakers are OFF.

2.

Remove the plug from the face of the dockside water inlet.

3.

Connect a drinking water hose to the water outlet on the dock, then to the dockside water inlet on the boat and turn on the water at the dock.

All fresh water faucets and showers are now usable.

To disconnect the system, reverse the procedure, making sure the plug is reinstalled tightly.

!

WARNING

• DO NOT leave boat unattended with the dockside water hose connected.

• Dockside water should be connected during periods of heavy water usage only.

7.7

S

ECTION

7 • A

CCESSORIES AND

O

PTIONS

H. T

RANSOM

S

HOWER

The transom shower has a hot and cold control and shower wand which are located in a receptacle on the port wall of the transom area. Squeeze the button on the shower wand to dispense water and turn the knob to adjust water temperature. The

FRESH WATER PUMP breakers on the main distribution panel must be ON to operate the shower.

T

RANSOM

S

HOWER

(F

IG

. 7.8.2) starboard inboard stringers in the aft bilge. Gray water from the head systems, galley systems and air conditioner condensation drains into the sump through the common drain to be pumped overboard.

The sump pump is fully automatic and protected by breakers on the main DC breaker panel on the forward bulkhead of the bilge. Periodically remove the clear cover, check and clean the pump and float switch. Check the pump and float switch for obstructions and proper working order. The sump pump comes on when there is enough water in the sump to raise the float switch and start the pump.

If it does not come on after one or two gallons of water drain from the shower, turn the water off and check the pump and float switch for proper operation.

After using the shower, it is recommended that you run a gallon of clean water through the shower drain to clean out soap residue.

I. G

RAY

W

ATER

S

UMP

Your yacht is equipped with a gray water/ condensate sump located between the port and

G

RAY WATER

S

UMP

(F

IG

. 7.8.1)

J. G

RAY

W

ATER

D

RAIN

L

INES

The Gray water from the head systems and galley systems plus the air conditioner condensation and raw water is carried to the sump or common drains by the gray water drain lines located throughout the boat.

7.8

D

C

B

E

F

A

FWD

A

B

BILGE PUMP

COMMON DRAIN

C

D

FLOAT SWITCH

SUMP

E FWD STATEROOM A/C CONDENSATE INLET

F SUMP THRU-HULL DISCHARGE

40 Motor Yacht ( 415 Motor Yacht)

S

ECTION

7 • A

CCESSORIES AND

O

PTIONS

G

RAY WATER

L

INE

R

OUTING

(F

IG

. 7.9.1)

A

B

C D

E

F

G

H

Q

P

I

FWD

O

N M

L

K

J

A

B

MID BILGE PUMP THRU-HULL DISCHARGE

SUMP THRU-HULL DISCHARGE

C

D

SUMP

BILGE PUMP

E

F

HIGH WATER BILGE PUMP

GUEST SHOWER DRAIN

G

H

I

J

GUEST HEAD SINK DRAIN

FWD STATEROOM A/C CONDENSATE DRAIN

FWD HEAD FLOOR DRAIN

FWD BILGE PUMP

K GALLEY SINK DRAIN

L COMMON DRAIN

M

N

O

MASTER STATEROOM SHOWER DRAIN

MASTER STATEROOM SINK DRAIN

MASTER STATEROOM HEAD FLOOR DRAIN

P

Q

AFT BILGE PUMP

MASTER STATEROOM A/C CONDENSATE DRAIN

40 Motor Yacht ( 415 Motor Yacht) 7.9

S

ECTION

7 • A

CCESSORIES AND

O

PTIONS

5. H

EAD

S

YSTEM

The standard head system on your Sea Ray ® includes a holding tank with dockside pump-out and fluid level indicators, with a macerator and overboard discharge seacock available as an option. Below is a description of the head system and options. You should be aware of whether your boat is equipped with the optional overboard discharge system and read the section pertaining to it. The owner’s packet in your boat contains information pertaining to your head system that should be read carefully.

A. R

EQUIREMENTS FOR

V

ESSEL

O

PERATORS

The Environmental Protection Agency (EPA) standards state that in freshwater lakes, freshwater reservoirs or other freshwater impoundments whose inlets or outlets are such as to prevent the ingress or egress by vessel traffic subject to this regulation, or in rivers not capable of navigation by interstate vessel traffic subject to this regulation, marine sanitation devices certified by the U.S. Coast

Guard installed on all vessels shall be designed and operated to prevent the overboard discharge of

V

ACU

-F

LUSH

® H

EAD

S

YSTEM

(F

IG

. 7.10.1)

H

!

CAUTION

Do not flush facial tissue, paper towels or sanitary napkins in head.

sewage, treated or untreated, or of any waste derived from sewage. The EPA standards further state that this shall not be construed to prohibit the carriage of Coast Guard-certified flow through treatment devices which have been secured so as to prevent such discharges. They also state that waters where a Coast Guard certified marine sanitation device permitting discharge is allowed include coastal waters and estuaries, the Great

Lakes and interconnecting waterways, freshwater lakes and impoundments accessible through locks, and other flowing waters that are navigable interstate by vessels subject to this regulation (40 CFR 140.3).

B. V

ACU

-F

LUSH

®

The Vacu-Flush ® head utilizes the HEAD breakers on the DC distribution panel in the salon. Individual breakers on the DC distribution panel control the

GUEST HEAD and MASTER HEAD. The foot pedal at the base of the toilet opens a mechanical seal

A

C

B

H

EAD

FWD

D

J

I

G

F

E

A

B

E

F

C

D

G

J

H

H

I

THRU-HULL VENT

FWD STATEROOM HEAD

FOOT PEDAL

VENT FILTER

MACERATOR (OPTIONAL)

FWD STATEROOM VACU-FLUSH ®

MASTER STATEROOM VACU-FLUSH ®

MASTER STATEROOM HEAD

MACERATOR SEACOCK (OPTIONAL)

HOLDING TANK

MANUAL DOCKSIDE PUMPOUT

H

C

40 Motor Yacht ( 415 Motor Yacht) 7.10

S

ECTION

7 • A

CCESSORIES AND

O

PTIONS and vacuum forces waste through the opening in the bowl to the vacuum generator, through the vacuum pump and then to the holding tank.

W

ASTE

L

EVEL

I

NDICATOR AND

D

ISCHARGE

C

ONTROL

(F

IG

. 7.11.2)

T

O

O

PERATE

V

ACU

-F

LUSH

® H

EAD

:

1.

Turn ON the FRESH WATER PUMP breaker.

2.

Turn ON the HEAD SYSTEM breaker.

3.

If there is no water in bowl, lift foot pedal until enough water fills the bowl.

4.

To flush, depress foot pedal to floor until bowl is clear.

I

NDIVIDUAL

H

EAD

- W

ASTE

L

EVEL

I

NDICATOR

(F

IG

. 7.11.3)

C. H

OLDING

T

ANK

O

PERATION

Waste from the head is directed into the 54 gallon holding tank located in the forward bilge between the port and starboard inboard stringers.

Holding tank fluid level indicators are located on the DC distribution panel in the salon and in each head. The indicators show FULL-DO NOT

FLUSH, 1/2 and POWER. When the FULL-DO

NOT FLUSH light is on, the holding tank must be emptied before the head can be reused.

However it would be a good practice to empty

H

OLDING

T

ANK

(F

IG

. 7.11.1)

B

FWD the holding tank when the 1/2 light is on to avoid overflowing the holding tank and ruining the vent filter.

C

D

E

A

B

C

A HOLDING TANK (UNDER FLOOR)

VENT FILTER

D

MACERATOR (OPTIONAL)

MASTER STATEROOM VACUUM GENERATOR

E

F

FWD STATEROOM VACUUM GENERATOR

MACERATOR SEACOCK (OPTIONAL)

40 Motor Yacht ( 415 Motor Yacht)

F

7.11

S

ECTION

7 • A

CCESSORIES AND

O

PTIONS

D

OCKSIDE

P

UMP

-

OUT

To empty the holding tank, the services of a dockside pump out station will be needed. Follow instructions at the station and make sure pump out station hose is inserted into the deck plate marked

WASTE, located on the port side deck walkway.If

equipped, the holding tank can also be emptied by the optional macerator. See MACERATOR

DISCHARGE PUMP in this section.

M

ACERATOR

(O

PTIONAL

)

(F

IG

. 7.12.1)

FWD

C

A

D. V

ENT

F

ILTER

The vent filter is designed to control odors associated with the head system operations. The vent filter is located on the engine room forward bulkhead. The filter must be changed at the beginning of each boating season to be

effective. The vent filter is installed in-line on the holding tank ventilation hose.

NOTE: Do not overfill the holding tank as this will flood the vent filter and render it useless. Filter replacement will then be required. See Parts Manual for correct replacement filter.

A MACERATOR (OPTIONAL)

B

C

MACERATOR SEACOCK (OPTIONAL)

HOLDING TANK

B

NOTICE

This boat may be equipped with an optional overboard discharge valve.

Discharging of sewage directly overboard is for use where approved only.

NOTICE

There is the possibility of being fined for having an operable overboard discharge in U.S. waters.

Removing handle of seacock while in closed position, or other means must be utilized to avoid fine.

6. M

ACERATOR

D

ISCHARGE

P

UMP

W

ITH

S

EACOCK

I

NTERLOCK

S

YSTEM

(O

PTIONAL

)

If equipped, the optional macerator gives the boat operator the means of discharging the holding tank contents directly overboard through a seacock in the bottom of the hull. This is available in conjunction with the dockside pump out.

Since direct overboard discharge is prohibited in many areas, the macerator seacock is normally closed. The macerator seacock is equipped with a system interlock switch which prevents the operation of the macerator when the macerator seacock is closed. The light on the MACERATOR switch on the DC Distribution Panel will be lighted when the macerator is operational. If the light is not lighted, it is visual confirmation the macerator seacock is closed and that the macerator cannot be operated. Check that the macerator seacock

7.12

handle is in the open position and the light on the switch is lighted before operating the macerator.

T

O

O

PERATE

T

HE

M

ACERATOR

:

1.

Turn ON the DISCHARGE PUMP breaker on the salon DC distribution panel and open the waste discharge seacock located on the bilge floor (See Fig. 7.12.1 for seacock location).

2.

Operate DISCHARGE switch under the

WASTE SYSTEM CONTROL area on the main distribution panel.

3.

When tank is empty, release the switch and close waste discharge seacock.

M

AINTENANCE

Prior to each use and at regularly scheduled intervals, cycle the macerator seacock handle open and shut to ensure proper operation of the seacock.

40 Motor Yacht ( 415 Motor Yacht)

S

ECTION

7 • A

CCESSORIES AND

O

PTIONS

7. C

OMMUNICATION

S

YSTEM

The 40 MY is equipped with a land-line telephone in the forward stateroom, the salon and the master stateroom. These phones can be operated when dockside and hooked up to the dockside telephone hookup.

MAIN and CABIN STEREO MEMORY on the main distribution panel breaker must be ON to operate the systems.

Note: The television, DVD and stereo systems are plugged into a surge suppression power strip located behind the entertainment center.

A. D

OCKSIDE

T

ELEPHONE

H

OOKUP

The dockside telephone hookup is located on the port transom. A fifty foot shore cord with waterproof connectors is supplied.

B. F

ORWARD

S

TATEROOM

E

NTERTAINMENT

(O

PTIONAL

)

If equipped, the forward stateroom entertainment center consists of a 13” television/DVD combination with remote control.

D

OCKSIDE

T

ELEPHONE AND

TV H

OOKUP

(F

IG

. 7.13.1) C. M

ASTER

S

TATEROOM

E

NTERTAINMENT

The master stateroom entertainment center consists of a 13” television/DVD/radio combination with remote control.

A

B

A

B

DOCKSIDE TELEPHONE HOOKUP

DOCKSIDE TV HOOKUP

D. C

OCKPIT

E

NTERTAINMENT

The cockpit entertainment consists of a set of speakers connected to the salon stereo system.

The speakers can be activated and controlled by the remote stereo control in the salon or on the starboard side of the control station

T

O CONNECT TELEPHONE SYSTEM

:

1. lift cover plate.

2. Connect shore cord to dock telephone inlet and then to the boat inlet.

3. Telephone system is now operational.

REFER TO OWNER’S MANUAL PACKET FOR

INSTRUCTIONS AND WARRANTY INFORMATION.

8. E

NTERTAINMENT

C

ENTERS

A. S

ALON

E

NTERTAINMENT

C

ENTER

The salon entertainment center consists of a 20"

LCD TV/DVD/VCR combo with digital remote control, a 6-disc CD changer and and a Clarion stereo system located in the starboard cabinet in the aft salon. A selector switch for cockpit entertainment is located below the TV. The CABIN

40 Motor Yacht ( 415 Motor Yacht)

E. S

ATELLITE

R

ADIO

(O

PTIONAL

)

If equipped, the satellite radio is located below the salon TV unit with a receiver behind the stereo cabinet. The satellite radio is connected to speakers throughout the interior and the cockpit through the

Clarion stereo equipment.

F. D

OCKSIDE

T

ELEVISION

H

OOKUP

For television reception dockside, attach the dockside television cable to the inlet located on the port transom (See figure 7.13.1).

7.13

S

ECTION

7 • A

CCESSORIES AND

O

PTIONS

T

O CONNECT CABLE TELEVISION

:

1. Lift cover plate.

2. Screw the TV coax cable into the TV cable

connector (See figure 7.13.1).

3. Run the cable to the dockside receptacle

and screw coax cable into receptacle.

G. TV S

IGNAL

S

ELECTOR

The antenna/cable selector panel is located above the AC main distribution panel in the aft salon. Turn the selector to MAX GAIN for onboard TV antenna reception. Turn the selector to SHORE for dockside cable reception.

TV S

IGNAL

S

ELECTOR

(F

IG

. 7.14.1)

A

UTOMATIC

F

IRE

E

XTINGUISHER

(G

AS

)

(F

IG

. 7.14.2)

AUTOMATIC FIRE

EXTINGUISHER

A

UTOMATIC

F

IRE

E

XTINGUISHER

I

NDICATOR

L

IGHT

(F

IG

. 7.14.3)

REFER TO OWNER’S MANUAL PACKET FOR

INSTRUCTIONS AND WARRANTY INFORMATION.

9. A

UTOMATIC

F

IRE

E

XTINGUISHER

The 40 MY is equipped with an automatic fire extinguisher system located aft of the engines on the aft component board. In the event of a fire, the heat sensitive automatic head will release the extinguishant as a vapor, totally flooding the area in fire-killing concentrations.

WHEN ACTUATION OCCURS, IMMEDIATELY

SHUT DOWN ALL ENGINES, POWERED

VENTILATION, ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS AND

EXTINGUISH ALL SMOKING MATERIALS. DO

NOT IMMEDIATELY OPEN THE ENGINE

COMPARTMENT!! THIS FEEDS OXYGEN TO

THE FIRE AND FLASHBACK COULD OCCUR.

A. G

ASOLINE

E

NGINE

B

OATS

The system indicator light, located on the control station switch panel, indicates to the helmsman when the unit has discharged. Under normal circumstances, when the engines are operating, the charge indicator light is ON. If the unit discharges, the charge light will indicate OFF.

Allow the extinguishant to “soak” the compartment for at least fifteen (15) minutes and for hot metals or fuels to cool before cautiously inspecting for cause of damage. Have portable extinguishers at hand and ready. Do not breathe fumes or vaporscaused by the fire.

B. D

IESEL

E

NGINE

B

OATS

The system indicator and switch module (ENGINE

SHUTDOWN AND OVERRIDE SYSTEM) located at the control station is wired to the ignition and

7.14

40 Motor Yacht ( 415 Motor Yacht)

S

ECTION

7 • A

CCESSORIES AND

O

PTIONS

A

UTOMATIC

F

IRE

E

XTINGUISHER

(D

IESEL

O

PTION

)

(F

IG

. 7.15.1)

M

ANUAL

F

IRE

E

XTINGUISHING

S

YSTEM

(F

IG

. 7.15.3)

MANUAL

AUTOMA

TIC

Upon system ge, shut d

Forced

Electrical S n own s

FOR MAN

REM

UAL OPER

AUTOMATIC FIRE

EXTINGUISHER

D

IESEL

A

UTOMATIC

F

IRE

E

XTINGUISHER

I

NDICATOR

(F

IG

. 7.15.2)

CHARGE

SEA-FIRE

NORMAL

DISCHARGE

Engine Shutdown

Override System

OVERRIDE turned ON when ignition is turned ON. The

CHARGE and DISCHARGE indicator lights, indicate to the helmsman when the unit has discharged. Under normal circumstances, when the ignition is ON the CHARGE indicator light ia ON. If the unit discharges, the CHARGE light will go OFF and the DISCHARGE light will turn ON. The system incorporates an engine shutdown switch with override system. When the system discharges it will shut down the engines.

After the engine room has been inspected and it has been determined safe and you are ready to restart the engines, activate the OVERRIDE switch on the ENGINE SHUTDOWN OVERRIDE

SYSTEM, then restart the engines.

will reduce fire damage by eliminating the time necessary for heat in the engine room to rise to a temperature necessary to activate the automatic fire extinguisher.

T

O

O

PERATE

:

1. Pull pin securing the handle.

2. Pull red FIRE handle quickly and briskly.

S

AFETY

P

IN

The safety pin, located at the neck of the extinguisher bottle in the engine room is for shipping and transfer of the bottle only. The pin MUST be

C. M

ANUAL

F

IRE

E

XTINGUISING

S

YSTEM

Located at the control station under the starboard operators seat , the manual fire extinguisher system allows the operator to manually activate the automatic extinguisher in the engine room. Early detection and use of the manual override system

40 Motor Yacht ( 415 Motor Yacht)

!

WARNING

THE SAFETY PIN MUST BE REMOVED AFTER

C A B L E S - H O O K & AT TAC H M E N T P I N A R E

INSTALLED. FAILURE TO DO SO WILL RESULT

IN INABILITY TO MANUALLY OPERATE SYSTEM.

7.15

S

ECTION

7 • A

CCESSORIES AND

O

PTIONS

E

NGINE

R

OOM

F

IRE

E

XTINGUISHER

(F

IG

. 7.16.1)

SAFETY PIN

REFER TO OWNER’S MANUAL PACKET FOR

INSTRUCTIONS AND WARRANTY INFORMATION.

10. U

TILITY

R

OOM

Access to the water manifold, battery chargers, water heater, optional washer/dryer combo, forward

U

TILITY

R

OOM

(F

IG

. 7.16.2)

NOTE: THE MANUAL SYSTEM WILL NOT OPERATE

IF SAFETY PIN IS INSTALLED.

removed in order to manually operate the system.

This pin should be removed upon installation of the system. Ensure that this has been done. The manual system will not function unless the safety pin has been removed from the fire extinguisher bottle.

bilge pump, bow thruster and thruster oil reservoir, and forward storage can be obtained by raising the galley companionway steps.

D. H

AND

H

ELD

E

XTINGUISHERS

A hand held extinguisher is located on the inboard side of the control station companion seat. The extinguisher should be checked frequently and recharged as necessary. the American Boat and

Yacht Council (ABYC) recommends that you have

three (3) Type B-I ABC fire extinguishers on board, one each located at the helm station and outside the engine compartment and in the galley.

11. B

OW

T

HRUSTER

(O

PTIONAL

)

The bow thruster is electrically driven and gives the operator more maneuverability of the bow. The bow thruster motor is located under the forward steps in the utility room. An oil reservoir bottle for the bow thruster is located on the aft wall of the utility room. Periodically check the oil reservoir and top off if necessary.

The 24V BOW THRUSTER switch which supplies power to the bow thruster is located on the control

NOTE: Inspect extinguishers monthly to ensure that:

• Seals and tamper indicators are not broken or missing.

• Pressure gauges or indicators read in the operable range. (CO

2 gauges)

extinguishers do not have

• There is no obvious physical damage, corrosion, leakage or clogged nozzles.

• Weigh extinguishers annually to assure that the minimum weight is as stated on the extinguisher label.

7.16

B

OW

T

HRUSTER

(F

IG

. 7.16.3)

WATER LINE

BOW THRUSTER

40 Motor Yacht ( 415 Motor Yacht)

S

ECTION

7 • A

CCESSORIES AND

O

PTIONS station switch panel (See figure 2.8.2) and the joy stick with station enabled indicator ligh which is used to direct the bow thruster is located at the helm (See figure 2.7.2).

B

(F

OW

IG

T

HRUSTER

. 7.17.1)

A

The bow thruster motor is equipped with an internal thermally activated breaker. The thermal breaker protects the motor from overheating. When the thermal breaker is activated the thruster motor will not operate and must be allowed to cool down for normal operation.

B

REFER TO OWNER’S MANUAL PACKET FOR

INSTRUCTIONS AND WARRANTY INFORMATION.

A

B

BOW THRUSTER MOTOR

BOW THRUSTER OIL RESERVOIR BOTTLE

(IF REQUIRED BY THE MANUFACTURER)

B

OW

T

HRUSTER

O

IL

R

ESERVOIR

& B

ATTERY

C

HARGER

(F

IG

. 7.17.2)

B

12. R

EFRIGERATOR

/F

REEZER

The galley refrigerator/freezer is supplied power by the REFRIGERATOR/FREEZER breaker on the

AC main distribution panel. To operate dockside, connect the shore power system, turn the MAIN breaker(s) ON. Then turn the REFRIGERATOR/

FREEZER breaker on the AC main distribution panel and the switch on the bottom of the unit ON.

A C

OCKPIT

I

CE

M

AKER

(F

IG

. 7.17.3)

ICE MAKER

(INSIDE CABINET)

C

D

E

A BOW THRUSTER OIL RESERVOIR BOTTLE

(IF REQUIRED BY MANUFACTURER)

B BATTERY CHARGER

C 150 AMP FUSE

D

E

SOLENOID

GALLEY STEPS

40 Motor Yacht ( 415 Motor Yacht)

A. C

OCKPIT

I

CE

M

AKER

The cockpit ice maker is located on the starboard side of the cockpit wet bar. The STBD SYSTEMS breaker on the AC main distribution panel powers the unit.

REFER TO OWNER’S MANUAL PACKET FOR

INSTRUCTIONS AND WARRANTY INFORMATION

7.17

S

ECTION

7 • A

CCESSORIES AND

O

PTIONS

!

WARNING

Tun off coffee maker before closing cabinet doors. Failure to do so may result in damage to the coffee maker or cabinet.

13. C

OFFEE

M

AKER

The drip coffee maker located in a cabinet above the stove in the galley operates on the 120 volt system. It is powered by the GALLEY SYSTEMS breaker on the AC main distribution panel which must be ON to operate the coffee maker.

To keep the coffee maker operating efficiently, the mineral deposits left by water must be flushed out using the cleaning method described in the instruction booklet.

REFER TO OWNER’S MANUAL PACKET FOR

INSTRUCTIONS AND WARRANTY INFORMATION.

14. S

TOVE

& M

ICROWAVE

A. E

LECTRIC

S

TOVE

The STOVE breaker on the AC main distribution panel located in the aft port of the salon supplies power to the stove and must be ON to operate the stove.

The stove has two (2) burners with control knobs to provide a variation of heat.

A stove cover is provided to cover the burners when not in use. A power safety switch is installed on the cover recess. When the stove cover is installed it depresses the switch turning power OFF to the stove control knobs.

REFER TO OWNER’S MANUAL PACKET FOR

INSTRUCTIONS AND WARRANTY INFORMATION.

NOTE: Turn on the galley power ventilation system when operating the convection oven.

REFER TO OWNER’S MANUAL PACKET FOR

INSTRUCTIONS AND WARRANTY INFORMATION.

15. P

OWER

V

ENTILATION

S

YSTEM

The power ventilation system removes stagnant & foul air from the master stateroom head, galley and guest head by means of 12 volt exhaust fans. They are powered by the POWER VENTS breaker on the DC main distribution panel in the salon and individually turned on and off by the power vent switch in the heads and the galley (See pages 2.21

& 2.22 for location of vent switch).

16. C

ENTRAL

V

ACUUM

(O

PTIONAL

)

The central vacuum unit is located under the salon companionway steps. The STBD SYSTEMS breaker must be ON to operate the system.

C

ENTRAL

V

ACUUM

S

YSTEM

(O

PTIONAL

)

(F

IG

. 7.18.1)

B

A

A

B

VACUUM CLEANER

SALON COMPANIONWAY STEPS

B. M

ICROWAVE

/C

ONVECTION

O

VEN

The microwave/convection oven is located in the cabinet next to the refrigerator/freezer. The 120VAC

MICROWAVE breaker on the AC main distribution panel supplies power to the microwave and must be ON to operate the unit.

7.18

The built in switch on the hose inlet fittings activate the vacuum when the hose is inserted. The disposable bag is located under the removable panel on the top of the vacuum unit.

The 24 foot hose is stored under the port salon sofa. The hose connects to the central vacuum through the hose inlet which is located on the port side of the salon companionway steps.

40 Motor Yacht ( 415 Motor Yacht)

S

ECTION

7 • A

CCESSORIES AND

O

PTIONS

17. W

ASHER

& D

RYER

(O

PTIONAL

)

The washer/dryer is a stacked front load washing and drying combination unit located in the utility room on the portside. The unit can be accessed by lifting the galley companionway steps. The unit operates on the 120VAC WASHER/DRYER breaker on the AC main distribution panel.

W

ASHER

/D

RYER

(O

PTIONAL

)

(F

IG

. 7.19.1)

C

ABLEMASTER

(O

PTIONAL

)

(F

IG

. 7.19.2)

B

A

A

B

WASHER/DRYER

GALLEY COMPANIONWAY

The washer/dryer is connected to hot and cold water shutoff valves on the water manifold located on the aft bulkhead in the utility room (See figure

7.5.2). The supply valves should be on only when the unit is being used.

REFER TO OWNER’S MANUAL PACKET FOR

INSTRUCTIONS AND WARRANTY INFORMATION.

equipped with the optional cablemaster, the switch to activate the power cord is located above the transom shower on the port transom. See Section

3 - Using Your Boat, Pg. 3.8 for operation of the cablemaster system.

19. E

XPANDABLE

S

ALON

S

OFA

The starboard sofa in the salon can be expanded by pulling out the seating area to accomodate additional overnight guests. After pulling the seating unit out fully, place the additional cushions stored under the port seating area.

18. S

HORE

P

OWER

A 50’ shore power cord is supplied and stored in the transom storage cabinet on the aft transom.

Two (2) 50’ shore power cords are supplied for the

International option.

S

ALON

S

OFA

(F

IG

. 7.19.3)

A

An optional cablemaster system which allows the operator to play out and retrieve the shore power cord for dockside access is also available. If

A ADDITIONAL CUSHIONS

(STORED UNDER THE

PORT SALON SEATING)

40 Motor Yacht ( 415 Motor Yacht) 7.19

S

ECTION

7 • A

CCESSORIES AND

O

PTIONS

20. E

XPANDABLE

B

UNK

The starboard bunk in the forward stateroom can be expanded to accomodate two persons by pulling on the bunk edge. Place cushions, stored in the cabinets under the bunk, on the back edge of the bunk to complete the transition.

By following the provided instructions, your canvas set will give you protection from the elements and comfort that you expect. Most of all, the instructions provide you with installation and removal procedures that will simplify the task.

21. H

ORN

The horn, located in the starboard bow chain locker is protected by a breaker on the control station breaker panel which can be accessed through the door underneath the helm. The compressor bottle for the horn is located on the aft side of the chain locker bulkhead in the gunwale cabinet.

H

ORN

(F

IG

. 7.20.1)

A

A

B

C

HORN

COMPRESSOR BOTTLE

CHAIN LOCKER BULKHEAD

FWD

C

B

To activate the horn, depress the HORN switch on the control station switch panel.

22. C

ANVAS

It is recommended that you read Section 1• Safety, pages 1.2 thru 1.4 and understand the effects of exhaust emissions.

A. C

ARE

& M

AINTENANCE

Care and maintenance instructions have been provided by the canvas manufacturer for the canvas used on your Sea Ray ® . The information can be found in the Owner's Manual Packet.

Components of your canvas set consist of zipper tracks and snaps. These components can be found in the parts manual located in the Owner’s Manual

Packet.

B. S

TORAGE

:

• Do not fold or store any of the canvas set pieces while wet. All canvas should be rolled or folded when dry and stored in a clean, dry place.

• For clear vinyl pieces, rolling or laying down flat are the recommended methods for storage.

The clear vinyl should never be folded or creased as cracking will result. To protect the clear vinyl from rubbing against itself while rolled or stored flat, place a piece of very soft, nonabrasive cloth between the pieces, or rolled up in it. If the surface of your clear vinyl becomes scratched, the canvas manufacturer has provided a canvas care sheet in your Owner’s Manual

Packet.

C. I

NSTALLATION

T

IPS

:

• The zippers attached on the hardtop and cockpit overhead are mounted on a zipper track. Once installed, do not remove these zippers or zipper tracks.

• When attaching any of the pieces of the canvas set, attach the top edges first and zip the zippers only partially. This helps to hold the piece in place and relieves tension, helping the other sides to zip or snap easier. After all of the sides of the piece are secure, finish zipping the top of each piece. This will ensure a tight fit.

REFER TO OWNER’S MANUAL PACKET FOR

INSTRUCTIONS AND WARRANTY INFORMATION.

40 Motor Yacht ( 415 Motor Yacht) 7.20

S

ECTION

7 • A

CCESSORIES AND

O

PTIONS

23. F

LOOR

P

LAN

I

NTERIOR

(F

IG

. 7.21.1) A

W

V

U

T

S

Q

R

X

Y

Z

B

C

D

H

G

E

F

J

I

A

B

C

D

V-BERTH

STARBOARD BUNK (EXPANDABLE)

V-BERTH TV/VCR

GALLEY STOVE

E

F

GALLEY SINK

COFFEE MAKER

G REFRIGERATOR

H

I

J

MICROWAVE

GALLEY STEPS (LIFT TO ACCESS UTILITY

ROOM)

SALON CONVERTIBLE COUCH

K

L

M

SALON ENTERTAINMENT CENTER

AFT STATEROOM TV/VCR

AFT STATEROOM SHOWER

N

O

AFT STATEROOM VANITY

AFT STATEROOM

P

Q

AFT STATEROOM HEAD

AFT STATEROOM HANGING CLOSET

R

S

T

AFT STATEROOM STEPS

MAIN DISTRIBUTION PANELS

PORT SALON COUCH

WASHER DRYER (IN UTILITY ROOM)

U

V

W

X

FWD SHOWER

FWD HEAD

FWD VANITY

Y

Z

V-BERTH HANGING CLOSET

V-BERTH PORT BUNK

K

L

M

P

N

O

Q

40 Motor Yacht ( 415 Motor Yacht) 7.21

U

S

ECTION

7 • A

CCESSORIES AND

O

PTIONS

F

LOOR

P

LAN

G

ENERAL

D

ECK

L

AYOUT

(F

IG

. 7.22.1)

W

V

A

B

C

E

D

A

B

C

D

E

F

G

H

STARBOARD NAV LIGHT

ELECTRIC VENT WINDOW

CONTROL STATION

STARBOARD FUEL TANK FILL

PORT FUEL TANK FILL

I

ANCHOR CHUTE

WINDLASS

DECK HATCH

J

K

L

CAPTAIN’S CHAIR

STARBOARD DECK ACCESS DOOR

COCKPIT WET BAR W / ICE MAKER

WATER TANK FILL

M

N

SWIM LADDER

DOCKSIDE WATER INLET

O

P

TRANSOM SHOWER

SHORE POWER PLUG

Q TV/TELEPHONE INLET

R

S

T

U

COCKPIT SEATING

PORT DECK ACCESS DOOR

WASTE PUMP-OUT

PORT NAV LIGHT

V WINDLASS REMOTE FOOT PEDALS

W SPOTLIGHT

T

S

Q

P

O

N

M

R

F

K

L

G

H

I

J

40 Motor Yacht ( 415 Motor Yacht) 7.22

S

ECTION

8 • R

EQUIRED

I

NSPECTION

, S

ERVICE AND

M

AINTENANCE

Routine inspection, service and maintenance of your boat’s systems are vital to assure your safety, as well as for prolonging the life of your boat. You should develop regular routines for inspecting your boat.

The chart below summarizes inspection, service and maintenance activities. This section also contains descriptions of some convenient methods for evaluating the condition of some of your boat’s systems.

The inter val between necessar y service or maintenance is highly variable, depending on the environment your boat is in, and on the severity of operating conditions. For example, corrosion of parts on boats operated in salt water proceeds much faster than the corrosion of parts on a boat operated in fresh water. The intervals listed below are recommended maximums, and you must reduce the time between inspections if your observations indicate the need.

1. S

UMMARY

G

UIDE

F

OR

I

NSPECTION

, S

ERVICE AND

M

AINTENANCE

ITEM REQUIRED

MAINTENANCE/SERVICE

REFERENCE

SOURCE

BEFORE

EVERY

USE

AFTER

FIRST

20 HOURS

INTERVAL

EVERY EVERY

25* OR 50 50* OR 100

HOURS HOURS

EVERY 6

MOS. OR

ANNUALLY

Battery

Bilge Area

Bilge Blowers

Bilge Pump

Canvas

Check water level

Clean and check

Hose connections tight

Owner’s Manual p. 6.1

Owner’s Manual p. 9.2

Owner’s Manual p. 4.2

Float switch operates freely Owner’s Manual p. 4.1

Clean Owner’s Manual p. 9.3

Controls

Steering

Throttle

Check for proper operation

Power steering oil level

Lubricate. Include all shift linkage and pivot points

Electrical

Connections Check for looseness

GFCI (120V) Outlet Check for operation

Engine

Alarm

Cooling System

Connections

Crankcase

ventilating system

Drive belts

Exhaust System

Check

Check for leaks with engine running

Clean

Check

Check for leaks

Flame Arrestor

Fuel Filter

Clean

Replace

Mounts (Fasteners) Tighten

Oil and Filter

Oil Level

Replace

Check

Fuel System

Connections & Lines Check for leaks

Check for leaks Tanks

Water Separating

Fuel Filter

Replace

To be done by Sea Ray dealer every six months

Engine Manual

Engine Manual

•

•

•

• •

•

As Needed

•

To be done by Sea Ray dealer annually

Owner’s Manual p. 6.12

Engine Manual

Engine Manual

Engine Manual

Engine Manual

Engine Manual

Engine Manual

Engine Manual

Engine Manual

Engine Manual

Engine Manual

Engine Manual

Owner’s Manual, Section 5

Engine Manual

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

*Use in salt water or other severe operating conditions requires shorter maintenance/service intervals

40 Motor Yacht ( 415 Motor Yacht) 8.1

S

ECTION

8 • R

EQUIRED

I

NSPECTION

, S

ERVICE AND

M

AINTENANCE

S

UMMARY

G

UIDE

F

OR

I

NSPECTION

, S

ERVICE AND

M

AINTENANCE

ITEM REQUIRED

MAINTENANCE/SERVICE

REFERENCE

SOURCE

BEFORE

EVERY

USE

AFTER

FIRST

20 HOURS

INTERVAL

EVERY EVERY

25* OR 50 50* OR 100

HOURS HOURS

EVERY 6

MOS. OR

ANNUALLY

Propeller

Seaworthiness

Bilge drain plug

Hull damage

Topside & Supplies

Inspect for damage

Installed and tight

Check for loose, damaged or missing parts

Check for loose, damaged or missing parts

Owner’s Manual p. 8.5

•

Always after striking object

Always after striking object

Transmission

Oil Strainer Screen

Trim Tabs

Fluid

Zincs

Transom

Clean

Check and add as needed Trim Tab Manual

To be done by Sea Ray dealer annually

•

Check and replace as needed

Check fluid level

Owner’s Manual p. 6.13 Every 25 hours of operation

Trim Tabs Trim Tab Manual Every 25 hours of operation

*Use in salt water or other severe operating conditions requires shorter maintenance/service intervals

•

8.2

40 Motor Yacht ( 415 Motor Yacht)

S

ECTION

8 • R

EQUIRED

I

NSPECTION

, S

ERVICE AND

M

AINTENANCE

2. U

SEFUL

S

ERVICE

I

NFORMATION

OWNER

HOME PORT

BOAT NAME

REGISTRATION NUMBER

HULL SERIAL NUMBER

WARRANTY REGISTRATION DATE

ENGINE MAKE & MODEL

SERIAL NUMBER PORT

GEAR MAKE & REDUCTION RATIO

SERIAL NUMBER PORT

PROPELLER SIZE PORT

PART NUMBER PORT

SHAFT SIZE (DIAMETER X LENGTH)

FUEL CAPACITY PORT TANK

WATER CAPACITY

KEY NUMBER, IGNITION

SELLING DEALER

CITY & STATE

LENGTH

VERTICAL CLEARANCE

ESTIMATED WEIGHT

GENERATOR SERIAL #

BEAM

STATE

STARBOARD

MODEL #

STARBOARD

STARBOARD

STARBOARD

MATERIAL

STARBOARD

DOOR

DRAFT

KILOWATTS

40 Motor Yacht ( 415 Motor Yacht) 8.3

S

ECTION

8 • R

EQUIRED

I

NSPECTION

, S

ERVICE AND

M

AINTENANCE

3. I

NSPECTION

, S

ERVICE AND

M

AINTENANCE

P

ROTOCOL

A. B

ILGE

A

REA

Many of your boat’s systems have critical features located in the bilge area. A thorough and organized inspection of the bilge area will address many of these critical features. For example, engine oil leaks and fuel system leaks will show themselves as contamination on the surface of the liquid that remains in the bilge. When you see such contamination, you should look for its source.

Once or twice a year, pump the bilge areas dry and remove all loose dirt. Be sure that all the limber holes are open. Limber holes are the openings in the stringers that allow water to flow from the outboard areas of the bilge to the bilge sump.

Check the bilge pump float switch by moving it manually. (Figure 4.1.3) The bilge pump should start when the float switch is raised and should stop when lowered. If it does not, first try resetting the bilge pump breakers, if the pump will still not run replace the float switch before using your boat. The float switch should also move freely without sticking, if it does not, have it serviced or replaced before boating.

!

WARNING

DO NOT USE FLAMMABLE SOLVENTS to clean any part of the bilge.

Fumes can accumulate and can be the source of an explosion.

2. E

NGINE

Engine failure or malfunction, when away from shore, can be dangerous. Make certain you do the following each time you use the boat:

• Wipe off the engine to remove accumulated dust, grease and oil.

• Check all exposed nuts, bolts and screws for tightness.

• Inspect the belts for wear. If they do not require replacement, check and adjust the belt tension according to the engine manufacturer’s recommendation.

• Inspect engine wiring, and clean and tighten the terminals on the engine electrical system.

• Clean and lubricate the battery cables.

• Add distilled water to the battery cells as needed.

• Refer to your Engine Operator’s Manual for additional engine maintenance requirements.

3. F

UEL

S

YSTEM

• Inspect the entire fuel system for evidence of leakage, including the fuel tank fill lines and vents. Any stain around a joint could be an indication of a leak.

• Test all fittings with a wrench to be sure they are not loose, but do not forcefully overtighten the fittings.

• Clean fuel filters and vent screens.

1. O

IL

If there is oil contamination, look for leaks in engine oil lines and engine gaskets. If parts of the bilge have been stained by oil, the stain can be removed using a bilge cleaner available from your dealer or a marine store.

!

WARNING

Work on electrical wiring can create shock hazards or sparks.

Always shut off battery switch, breakers and/or pull fuses before checking electrical wiring or connectors.

40 Motor Yacht ( 415 Motor Yacht) 8.4

S

ECTION

8 • R

EQUIRED

I

NSPECTION

, S

ERVICE AND

M

AINTENANCE

4. W

IRING

S

YSTEM

• Check all wiring for proper support.

• Check all wiring insulation for signs of fraying or chafing.

• Check all terminals for corrosion - corroded terminals and connectors should be replaced or thoroughly cleaned.

• Tighten all terminals securely and spray them with light marine preservative oil.

5. F

ITTINGS

, H

OSES AND

C

LAMPS

• Inspect the entire bilge area for evidence of damage or deterioration. Evidence of deterioration will first appear around hull fittings, hoses and clamps.

• Straighten kinked hoses.

• Replace any hose that does not feel pliable.

• Check all hose clamps for tightness and corrosion. Corroded clamps must be replaced.

• Check the nuts, bolts and screws that retain equipment, hoses, etc. in the bilge for tightness and corrosion. Corroded fasteners must be replaced.

B. T

OPSIDE AND

S

UPPLIES

Once a year, you should undertake a thorough review of the topside equipment, as well as of the critical safety supplies on your boat.

• Check your first aid kit, making certain it is complete and that the items in it have not passed an expiration date.

• Check the signaling equipment and emergency flares. Make sure all items are within their expiration dates.

• Inspect the anchor, mooring and towing lines.

Repair or replace as required.

• Check fire extinguishers for full charge.

4. W

INTERIZATION

C

HECKLIST FOR

B

OATS

S

TORED ON

L

AND

A. B

OAT

S

TORAGE

• Store boat in a bow high attitude.

• Remove hull drain plug.

• Pour one (1) pint (half-liter) of 50% water/ antifreeze mixture in each bilge pump sump..

B. E

NGINES

• Flush engines with fresh water.

• Remove engine drain plugs.

REFER TO YOUR ENGINE OPERATOR’S MANUAL

FOR DETAILED INFORMATION ON PREPARING

THE ENGINES FOR STORAGE AND

WINTERIZATION.

• Check cleats, rings, rails, etc. for loose or corroded fasteners, breaks, sharp edges or other conditions that could lead to malfunction or unsafe use. Repair or replace as necessary.

• Inspect PFDs (life jackets) for tears and deterioration.

• Make certain you have enough PFDs on board for the maximum number of persons you can carry.

C. B

ATTERY

(

IES

)

• Remove from boat. Remove the negative (-) cable first, then the positive (+) cable.

• Remove grease and dirt from top surface.

• Grease terminal bolts.

• Store on wooden pallet or thick plastic in a cool dry place. Do not store on concrete.

40 Motor Yacht ( 415 Motor Yacht) 8.5

S

ECTION

8 • R

EQUIRED

I

NSPECTION

, S

ERVICE AND

M

AINTENANCE

• Keep under a trickle charge.

• When placing battery back into service, remove excess grease from terminals, recharge as necessary and reinstall in boat.

D. H

EAD

S

YSTEM

• Flush entire system thoroughly with fresh water.

• Pump out holding tank.

• Remove water line from inlet fitting located on back bottom half of water valve on head.

• Flush one gallon (four liters) antifreeze mixed with one gallon (four liters) of water through toilet and let vacuum pump run for one or two minutes.

• Shut WATER SYSTEM breaker OFF.

• Pump out holding tank.

• Blow air through the water lines removed from the water pump.

NOTE: When blowing air be careful not to blow air with all faucets closed. System could be damaged by overpressurization and create water leaks.

• Cover hose ends with screen or broad weave cloth and tape in place to keep out dirt and bugs.

U

SING NONTOXIC WINTERIZING ANTIFREEZE

:

• Purchase a nontoxic winterizing antifreeze for fresh water systems from a marine or RV supply retailer.

• With all water pumped out of the system add nontoxic antifreeze to the water tank. Pour in enough to be pumped to all faucets and showers.

• Close all faucets and turn on water system.

• Open one faucet at a time. Close faucet when nontoxic antifreeze comes out of faucet.

• After all faucets and showers have been treated, open all faucets and pump out remaining nontoxic antifreeze.

W

ATER

H

EATER

W

INTERIZATION

• Refer to your water heater Owner’s Manual for detailed information on preparing water heater for storage and winterization.

E. W

ATER

S

YSTEM

• Turn ON the WATER SYSTEM switch.

• Open water faucet, let system drain completely.

• Turn OFF the WATER SYSTEM switch.

• Water must be removed from the water lines with air pressure or flushed with a nontoxic antifreeze.

Using pressurized air to remove water from water lines:

• You must have an air compressor with air hose and air nozzle.

• Remove water hoses from water pump.

• Alternate opening one faucet at a time to make sure water is removed from each line.

F. F

UEL

S

YSTEMS

G

ASOLINE

:

• Fill fuel tank with gasoline and the recommended amount of stabilizer and conditioner such as “Stabil ® ”.

• Run engine(s) for ten minutes to ensure that all gasoline in the carburetor and fuel lines are treated.

40 Motor Yacht ( 415 Motor Yacht) 8.6

S

ECTION

8 • R

EQUIRED

I

NSPECTION

, S

ERVICE AND

M

AINTENANCE

D

IESEL

• Fill fuel tank with diesel and recommended amount of biocide, “Biobor ® ”, which prevents bacteria and fungi from contaminating diesel fuel that contains some water.

• Diesel fuel should also get a petroleum distillate additive, such as “Stabil ® ” or Racor ® RX100”.

This will absorb water in the fuel and prevent freezing problems.

• Run engine(s) for ten minutes to ensure that all diesel fuel in injectors and fuel lines is treated.

DETAILED WINTERIZING, OPERATING

INSTRUCTIONS AND WARRANTY INFORMATION

ARE PROVIDED BY THE EQUIPMENT

MANUFACTURER AND CAN BE FOUND IN THE

OWNER’S PACKET.

!

CAUTION

Do not overfill. Filling a tank until the fuel flows from vents is dangerous. Allow room for expansion.

attaching and tightening the terminal clamps.

Examine all wiring.

C. M

ISCELLANEOUS

• Check all thru-hull fittings for unobstructed water passage. Be alert for any deteriorated hoses and/or fittings below the water line which might fail in service and admit water.

• Test the navigation lights.

• Check all wiring for loose connections.

• Check all switches and equipment for proper operation.

• Check bilge blowers for proper operation.

Turn ON blowers and place hand over hull blower vent to make sure air is coming from vent.

• Anchor lines and gear should be inspected and replaced if necessary.

• Make sure the hull drain plug is in place and tight.

• Clean bilge thoroughly if it was not done at lay-up.

• Check all engine fluid levels.

• Check fuel lines for damage and/or leaks. Make sure that they do not come into contact with moving parts.

5. F

ITTING

O

UT

A

FTER

S

TORAGE

A. F

UEL

S

YSTEM

Check the entire fuel system for loose connections, worn hoses, leaks, etc. and repair. This is a primary safety precaution.

Check fuel lines for damage and make sure that they do not come in contact with any moving parts.

6. S

ECURITY

C

ONSIDERATIONS

Be conscious of the security of your boat.

Always remove the keys from the ignition, lock hatches, lock the cabin door, remove and stow any removable electronic gear (fishfinders,

GPS, etc.) and personal gear (fishing poles, etc.) normally left aboard your boat.

B. B

ATTERY

(

IES

)

Before installing the batteries, clean the terminal posts with a wire brush or steel wool and then attach the cables. After the cable clamps are tightened, smear the post and clamps with vaseline or grease to exclude air and acid. Do not apply grease before

40 Motor Yacht ( 415 Motor Yacht) 8.7

S

ECTION

8 • R

EQUIRED

I

NSPECTION

, S

ERVICE AND

M

AINTENANCE

7. S

EACOCK

L

UBRICATION

• With boat out of water, remove the hose from top of the seacock.

• Put seacock handle in closed position.

• Add a few drops of lubricating oil inside.

• Work handle back and forth a few times. Add oil as needed.

• Replace hose and tighten clamp.

• Add a few drops of oil to the handle pivot point.

S

EACOCK

(F

IG

. 8.8.1)

5. Pump used oil into empty containers. When all of the used oil has drained out of the engine(s) reinsert the oil dipstick and fill engine with fresh oil through the oil filler cap.

B. D

IESEL

(O

PTIONAL

)

Follow the oil exchange instructions found in Section

4 - Bilge and Underwater Equipment, page 4.5.

In each case follow the intervals and oil change instructions provided by the engine manufacturer.

REFER TO THE ENGINE OWNER’S MANUAL

FOR INSTRUCTIONS AND WARRANTY

INFORMATION.

SEACOCK

HANDLE

HOSE

HOSE CLAMPS

OPEN

SEACOCK BODY

PIVOT POINT

8. E

NGINE

O

IL

C

HANGE

S

YSTEM

A. G

AS

To change the oil in your boat equipped with standard gas propulsion:

1. Remove oil fill cap. (To allow ventilation)

2. Remove dipstick.

3. Have enough empty containers at hand to hold all of the used oil.

4. Insert oil pump into dipstick.

8.8

40 Motor Yacht ( 415 Motor Yacht)

S

ECTION

8 • R

EQUIRED

I

NSPECTION

, S

ERVICE AND

M

AINTENANCE

9. Q

UICK

R

EFERENCE

C

HECKLIST

As the owner/operator of a Sea Ray ® Sport Boat, you are responsible for the safe operation your boat and the safety of your passengers. Always be sure that required documents, navigational equipment and Coast Guard required safety equipment is aboard and in proper working order.

A. B

OARDING THE

B

OAT

*

G

ENERAL

1.

Weather Conditions ............................................... Is it going to be safe to go out

2.

Transom Drain Plug ............................................... Installed

3.

PFDs and all other Coast Guard required safety equipment ..................................... Available for all children and adults

4.

Ignition keys ........................................................... Available

5.

Tool Box ................................................................. Stocked with a variety of appropriate tools

B

OAT

S

YSTEMS

1.

Bilge Pumps ........................................................... Working. Discharge any appreciable amounts of water overboard

2.

Blowers .................................................................. Working. “Sniff” the bilge/engine compartment for fuel odor

3.

Navigation Lights ................................................... Working. Have spare bulbs (and if applicable fuses) aboard

4.

Radio/Electronics ................................................... Working

5.

Horn ....................................................................... Working

6.

Trim Tabs ............................................................... Full range of motion. No excessive play or binding

7.

Fresh Water Tank .................................................. Filled and sanitized

8.

Head System Holding Tank ................................... Empty

9.

Seacocks ............................................................... Generator Open (handle parallel to hose),

Head System Holding Tank Closed (handle perpendicular to hose)

E

NGINE

1.

Batteries ................................................................. Fully charged (Check water cell levels)

2.

Fuel Tank ................................................................ Filled with recommended fuel

3.

Fuel System ........................................................... Check for leaks

4.

Fuel Filters ............................................................. Check that filters are clean and tight

5.

Diesel Racor Fuel Filters ....................................... Check that filters are clean, tight and free of water

6.

Engine Coolant Drain Plugs ................................... Secured

7.

Steering Fluid ......................................................... Full

8.

Throttle & Gearshift Controls Test .......................... Full range of motion

*Note: If trailering boat, many of these items should be checked before leaving the house.

40 Motor Yacht ( 415 Motor Yacht) 8.9

S

ECTION

8 • R

EQUIRED

I

NSPECTION

, S

ERVICE AND

M

AINTENANCE

Q

UICK

R

EFERENCE

C

HECKLIST

(

CONT

’

D

)

B. P

REPARING TO

D

EPART AND

A

FTER

L

AUNCHING

G

ENERAL

1.

Bilge/Engine Compartment .................................... “Sniff” the bilge/engine compartment for fuel odor.

Run the bilge blowers for at least four (4) minutes.

2.

Shore Power Cable ................................................ Disconnected from dockside power inlet

3.

Lines, Fenders and Anchor .................................... Ready for use

4.

Passengers/Crew ................................................... Instructed in duties for getting underway and fitted for a correct size PFD

E

NGINE

1.

Battery Switches .................................................... In the ON position

2.

Fuel Valves (Diesel Only) ....................................... Opens

3.

Engine Alarm ......................................................... Test. Should sound after a few seconds

4.

Gear Shift & Throttle Controls ................................ In NEUTRAL and IDLE positions

S

TARTING THE

E

NGINE

*

1.

Gearshift & Throttle Controls ................................. Shift in NEUTRAL (Refer to your Engine Owner’s

Manual for startup procedures for your specific engine)

2.

Ignition .................................................................... Turn master ignition keys on DC distribution panel to the ON position. Depress ignition switch on the helm switch panel to START position until engine starts, then release to RUN position (light on).

IMPORTANT: Do not continue to operate starter for more than 10 seconds without pausing to allow starter motor to cool off for 2 minutes. This also will allow the battery to recover between starting attempts.*

!

WARNING

Do not run the engine or generator in an enclosed area, such as a closed boat house, as there is the possibility of buildup and inhaling of carbon monoxide.

*If engine fails to start, refer to the Engine Owner’s Manual for further troubleshooting procedures

40 Motor Yacht ( 415 Motor Yacht) 8.10

S

ECTION

8 • R

EQUIRED

I

NSPECTION

, S

ERVICE AND

M

AINTENANCE

Q

UICK

R

EFERENCE

C

HECKLIST

(

CONT

’

D

)

C. W

HILE

U

NDERWAY

G

ENERAL

1.

Passengers/Crew ................................................... Safely seated with PFD’s on or immediately accessible

2.

Lines, Fenders and Anchor .................................... Stowed

B

OAT

S

YSTEMS

1.

Trim Tabs ................................................................ Bring boat to “On Plane”. Adjust as neccessary

2.

Navigation Lights ................................................... On at night or in reduced visibility

E

NGINE

1.

Tachometers .......................................................... Engines operating in safe RPM range

2.

Engine Gauges ...................................................... Continually monitor

3.

Engine Operation ................................................... Check idle and shift. Listen for abnormal noises and visually check the engine compartment while underway

D. R

ETURNING TO

P

ORT

G

ENERAL

1.

Passengers/Crew ................................................... Instructed in duties for line handling

2.

Lines and Fenders ................................................. Ready for use

B

OAT

S

YSTEMS

1.

Navigation Lights ................................................... Turned OFF when secured

2.

Anchor Light ........................................................... ON if necessary

3.

Bilge/Engine Compartment .................................... “Sniff” the bilge/engine compartment for fuel odor.

Run the bilge blowers if necessary. Check for water in bilge. Run bilge pumps if necessary

E

NGINE

1.

Gearshift & Throttle Controls ................................. Bring to NEUTRAL and IDLE positions

2.

Tachometers .......................................................... Idle the engines for five (5) minutes to cool down

40 Motor Yacht ( 415 Motor Yacht) 8.11

S

ECTION

8 • R

EQUIRED

I

NSPECTION

, S

ERVICE AND

M

AINTENANCE

Q

UICK

R

EFERENCE

C

HECKLIST

(

CONT

’

D

)

3.

Ignition ................................................................... Depress ENGINE STOP switches on the helm switch panel when engines are cooled down.

4.

Engine Operation .................................................... Check idle and shift. Listen for abnormal noises

E. S

ECURING THE

B

OAT

G

ENERAL

1.

Shore Power Cable ................................................ Connected to dockside power inlet

2.

Lines and Fenders ................................................. Fenders in place, lines tied securely to dock

B

OAT

S

YSTEMS

1.

Seacocks ............................................................... Closed (handle perpendicular to hose)

2.

Helm Switch Panel ................................................. All switches in the OFF position

3.

Gearshift & Throttle Controls ................................. In the NEUTRAL and IDLE positions

E

NGINE

1.

Ignition .................................................................... Switched in the OFF position (lights off) and master ignition keys removed from DC distribution panel

2.

Battery Switches .................................................... In the OFF position

1.

Fuel Valves (Diesel Only) ...................................... Closed (handle perpendicular to hose)

F. I

F THE

E

NGINE

D

OES

N

OT

S

TART

N

O

S

TARTER

M

OTOR

R

ESPONSE

1.

Check gearshift/throttle control levers in the NEUTRAL positions

2.

Check battery condition for sufficient charge

3.

Check battery cable connections tight and free from corrosion

4.

Check battery switches in the ON position

5.

Check starter motor and solenoid connections

6.

Check ignition switch connections

S

TARTER

M

OTOR

R

ESPONDS

,

BUT

N

O

I

GNITION

1.

Check that fuel tanks are not empty

2.

Check fuel filters and filter/water separators clean

3.

Check electrical connections on engine wiring harness and ignition wiring

40 Motor Yacht ( 415 Motor Yacht) 8.12

S

ECTION

8 • R

EQUIRED

I

NSPECTION

, S

ERVICE AND

M

AINTENANCE

Q

UICK

R

EFERENCE

C

HECKLIST

(

CONT

’

D

)

G. O

PERATING THE

G

ENERATOR

S

TARTING THE

G

ENERATOR

1. Generator Seacock ...................................................... Open

2. Bilge Blowers ............................................................... Run for at least 4 minutes and any time the generator is running

3. Depress PREHEAT/ON ............................................... Preheat time should not exceed 30 seconds

4. Depress START/RUN Switch ...................................... Depress until generator starts

5. When the Generator Starts .......................................... Release the START switch only continue holding PREHEAT/ON for a few seconds)

6. Load The Generator ..................................................... Turn ON the generator main breaker on the Main

Distribution Panel. Turn AC breakers ON

S

TOPPING THE

G

ENERATOR

1. Breakers ....................................................................... Turn AC breakers OFF. Turn OFF the generator main breaker on the Main Distribution Panel

2. Generator ..................................................................... Let it run a few minutes to cool down

3. STOP Switch ................................................................ Depress to stop the generator set

!

WARNING

Do not run the generator or engines in an enclosed area, such as a closed boat house, as there is the possibility of buildup and inhaling of carbon monoxide.

40 Motor Yacht ( 415 Motor Yacht) 8.13

S

ECTION

8 • R

EQUIRED

I

NSPECTION

, S

ERVICE AND

M

AINTENANCE

10. A

FTER

M

ARKET

E

QUIPMENT

C

HECKLIST

Any safety or operational equipment added to your boat after delivery should be checked for seaworthyness and proper working condition. Use the area below to list any equipment and the proper operating condition of that equipment before getting underway.

Equipment Proper Operating Condition

8.14

40 Motor Yacht ( 415 Motor Yacht)

S

ECTION

8 • R

EQUIRED

I

NSPECTION

, S

ERVICE AND

M

AINTENANCE

11. M

AINTENANCE

L

OG

Follow the recommended maintenance listed on pages 1 & 2 of this section and keep a record of this and

ALL maintenance performed on your boat.

Date Maintenance Description Engine Hours

40 Motor Yacht ( 415 Motor Yacht) 8.15

S

ECTION

8 • R

EQUIRED

I

NSPECTION

, S

ERVICE AND

M

AINTENANCE

M

AINTENANCE

L

OG

(C

ONT

’

D

)

Date Maintenance Description Engine Hours

8.16

40 Motor Yacht ( 415 Motor Yacht)

S

ECTION

9 • C

ARE

& R

EFINISHING

1. M

AINTENANCE AND

R

ECONDITIONING

Your new boat has been designed to provide you with years of enjoyment and satisfaction. In order to maintain the factory new appearance of your boat, we recommend the use of 3M™ Marine's one step

Maintenance and Reconditioning Products designed specifically for pleasure boats. Following proper fiberglass maintenance guidelines will help maintain your boat's performance, value, and enjoyment.

appearance which is associated with fiberglass products. In some areas, this gelcoat surface is painted or taped for styling purpose.

Wash the fiberglass regularly with clean, fresh water. Wax gelcoated surfaces to maintain the luster. In nor ther n climates, a semiannual waxing may suffice for the season. In southern climates, a quarterly application of wax will be required for adequate protection.

2. P

S

AINT

C

LEANING

UBSTANCES

A

GENTS

& O

THER

!

WARNING

Gelcoat surfaces are slippery when wet. Use extreme care when walking on wet gelcoat.

Always wear non-slip foot gear while washing and waxing boat.

!

WARNING

EXPLOSION/FIRE HAZARD

Care and refinishing materials may contain ingredients that are flammable or explosive. Do not use such materials in the bilge

Shut off electrical power and ventilate when using such materials anywhere on the boat or in the cabin.

Do not create sparks or use lighted materials.

!

WARNING

Care should be utilized in waxing commonly walked upon areas of the boat to ensure that they are not dangerously slippery.

NOTE: For colored gelcoats, it is important to follow waxing recommendations in order to maintain the luster of the gelcoat.

Do not use products containing chlorine, phosphates, perfumes and non-degradable ingredients. Consult your marine dealer regarding environmental regulations before painting the hull.

Fumes can last for hours, and chemical ingredients can harm people, property and the environment.

Common household cleaning agents may cause hazardous reactions. Read and understand directions on all paint, cleaning and polishing materials before using.

3. F

IBERGLASS

& G

ELCOAT

The fiberglass hull, deck and some interior parts consist of the molded shell and exterior gelcoat. The gelcoat is the outer surface, often c o l o r e d , t h a t p r e s e n t s t h e s h i n y s m o o t h

A. A

BOUT

C

OLORED

G

ELCOATS

Colored hulls add a beautiful contrast to all white boats making them distinctive and attractive. Similar to paint on cars, colors need more care and protection (waxing).

Chemical lab tests have proven that colored gelcoats will show more chalking than white gelcoat due to an eventual degradation from weathering.

Chalking results from a breakdown of a gelcoated surface into an extremely fine powder. When this happens, the color of the part whitens. The chalk is strictly on the surface. Most house paints are designed to chalk and then wash off clean with water. Gelcoat chalk, however does not wash off.

40 Motor Yacht ( 415 Motor Yacht) 9.1

S

ECTION

9 • C

ARE

& R

EFINISHING

One can extend the life of white or colored gelcoat by following Sea Ray’s ® recommended maintenance instructions. 3M Ultra Performance paste wax or an equivalent marine grade paste wax will help maintain the luster of the original gelcoat.

4. S

TAINS

& S

CRATCHES

Although gelcoat and painted surfaces are resistant to deep stains, a need for cleaning will occasionally arise. But, the use of some common cleaning agents will permanently discolor or otherwise damage the finish on your boat.

• Do not use abrasive porcelain-cleaning powders. These are too abrasive and contain chlorine and ammonia, either of which will permanently discolor gelcoat and paint.

• Never use nail polish remover (acetone) or any ketone solvents.

• Use diluted household detergents to remove surface soil and stains. Before using a given brand, check to make sure it contains no chlorine or ammonia.

• Alcohol can be used to remove difficult stains.

But it must be promptly washed off with mild detergent and water.

• Minor scratches and deeper stains that do not penetrate the gelcoat may be removed by light sanding and buffing.

B. P

ERMANTNTLY

M

OORED OR

D

OCKED

B

OATS

Boats should be rotated in a slip as often as they are waxed. This will eliminate too much ultra violet exposure and degradation to occur on only one side of the boat.

REFER TO 3M ONE STEP MAINTENANCE AND

RECONDITIONING PRODUCTS PAMPHLET IN YOUR

OWNER'S MANUAL PACKET FOR INSTRUCTIONS AND

WARRANTY INFORMATION.

C. K

EEP

B

ILGE

A

REA

D

RY

Water may accumulate in the engine room where it is not able to drain to the bilge pump. Check all areas of the engine room for accumlated water and dry throughly. Water left standing may penitrate through the gelcoated surfaces and wick into the fiberglass affecting the life of the product.

5. P

ERMANENTLY

M

OORED OR

D

OCKED

B

OATS

If permanently moored or docked in salt water or fresh water, your boat will collect marine growth on its bottom. This will detract from the b o a t ’s b e a u t y a n d g r e a t l y a f fe c t i t s p e r fo r m a n c e . T h e r e a r e t w o m e t h o d s o f preventing this:

• Periodically haul the boat out of the water and scrub the bottom with a bristle brush and a solution of soap and water.

• Paint the hull below the waterline with a good grade of antifouling paint. DO NOT paint the engine drive surfaces.

NOTE: There are EPA regulations regarding bottom paint application. Consult your Sea

Ray ® dealer for proper application methods.

6. C

ARE

F

OR

B

OTTOM

P

AINT

From time to time a slight algae or slime forms on all vessels. The bottom painted portion of the hull can be wiped off with a coarse turkish towel or a piece of old rug while the boat is in the water. Do not use a stiff or abrasive material to clean the bottom paint.

The bottom paint should be inspected annually. If it needs repainting consult your Sea Ray ® dealer.

9.2

40 Motor Yacht ( 415 Motor Yacht)

S

ECTION

9 • C

ARE

& R

EFINISHING

7. B

ILGE

/E

NGINE

C

OMPARTMENT

1.

Pump the bilges dry and remove all loose dirt.

Be sure that all limber holes are open. If there is oil in the bilge and the source is not known, look for leaks in engine oil lines or engine gaskets. Oil stains can be removed by using a bilge cleaner available from your dealer or a marina. DO NOT use flammable solvents.

2.

Check all wiring to be sure it is properly supported, that its insulation is intact, and that there are no loose or corroded terminals. If there are corroded terminals, they should be replaced or thoroughly cleaned. Tighten all terminals securely and spray them with light marine preservative oil.

3.

Inspect the entire fuel system (including fill lines and vents) for any evidence of leakage. Any stains around joints could indicate a leak. Try a wrench on all fittings to be sure they are not loose, but do not over tighten them. Clean fuel filters and vent screens.

4.

Inspect the entire bottom for evidence of seepage, damage or deterioration, paying particular attention to hull fittings, hoses and clamps. Straighten kinked hoses and replace any that do not feel pliable. Tighten loose hose clamps and replace those that are corroded.

Tighten any loose nuts, bolts or screws.

5.

Refer to your engine operator’s manual for engine maintenance details. Wipe off engine to remove accumulated dust and grease. If a solvent is used, make sure it is nonflammable.

Go over the entire engine and tighten nuts, bolts, and screws. Inspect the wiring on the engine and clean and tighten the terminals.

Inspect the belts and tighten them if needed.

Clean and lubricate the battery terminals; fill the battery cells with distilled water as needed.

8. T

OPSIDE

A

REAS

A. S

TAINLESS

S

TEEL AND

A

LLOY

F

ITTINGS

Stainless steel and alloy fittings should be cleaned with soap and water or household glass cleaner.

Remove rust spots as soon as possible with a brass, silver or chrome cleaner. Irreversible pitting will develop under rust that remains for any period of time. Never use an abrasive like sandpaper or steel wool on stainless. These may actually cause rust. To help protect the stainless, we recommend the use of a good car wax.

B. S

ALT

C

RYSTALS

When instruments are exposed to a saltwater environment, salt crystals may form on the bezel and the plastic covers. These salt crystals should be removed with a soft, damp cloth; never use abrasives or rough, dirty cloths to wipe plastic parts.

Mild household detergents or plastic cleaners can be used to keep the instruments bright and clean.

REFER TO THE OWNER'S MANUAL PACKET FOR

INSTRUCTIONS AND WARRANTY INFORMATION.

9. G

AUGE

& S

WITCH

P

ANELS

No special care is needed. Just wipe off with a soft, fresh water damp cloth to remove dust or salt. Dry after with chamois or soft cloth.

Use of protective chemicals is not required.

40 Motor Yacht ( 415 Motor Yacht) 9.3

S

ECTION

9 • C

ARE

& R

EFINISHING

10. A

CRYLIC

P

LASTIC

S

HEETING

(P

LASTIC

G

LASS

)

Never use a dry cloth or duster or glass cleaning solutions on acrylic.

To clean acrylic, first flood it with water to wash off as much dirt as possible. Next, use your bare hand, with plenty of water, to feel and dislodge any caked dirt or mud. A soft, grit-free cloth may then be used with a nonabrasive soap or detergent. A soft sponge, kept clean for this purpose, is excellent. Blot dry with a clean damp chamois.

Grease and oil may be removed from acrylic with kerosene, hexane, white (not aviation or ethyl) gasoline or aliphatic naphtha (no aromatic content).

Do not use solvents such as acetone, silicone spray, benzine, carbon tetrachloride, fire extinguisher fluid, dry cleaning fluid or lacquer thinner on acrylic, since they attack the surface.

Remove fine scratches with fine automotive acrylic rubbing and polishing compounds.

11. C

ANVAS AND

C

LEAR

V

INYL

Do not fold or store any of the canvas pieces while

wet. All canvas should be rolled or folded when dry and stored in a clean, dry place. For clear vinyl pieces, the recommended methods for storage are rolling or laying down flat. The clear vinyl should never be folded or creased as cracking will result. To protect the clear vinyl from rubbing against itself while rolled or stored flat, place a piece of very soft, nonabrasive cloth between the pieces. If the surface of the clear vinyl becomes scratched, the canvas manufacturer has provided a canvas care sheet located in your Owner’s Manual Packet.

When storing the rear (aft) curtain, fold the canvas over the clear vinyl window (do not fold clear vinyl), then roll or store flat.

The fabric should be cleaned regularly before substances such as dirt, pollen, etc. are allowed to accumulate on and become embedded in the fabric. The fabric can be cleaned without being removed from the installation.

Simply brush off any loose dirt, particles, etc.; hose down and clean with a mild solution of a natural soap in lukewarm water (no more than 100 o F, 38 o C); rinse thoroughly to remove soap. DO NOT USE

DETERGENTS. Allow to completely dry.

Wash and clean vinyl windows with a warm soap solution. Use a soft cloth or sponge and do not scratch the surface.

If you have stubborn cleaning cases, call your dealer for proper procedures. Do not try your own cleaning procedures as they may permanently damage the canvas.

After each use, especially in salt water areas, rinse the canvas completely with fresh cold water. Then let the canvas dry completely before stowing.

All metal components of the canvas should be rinsed with fresh cold water and exposed components wiped dry to maintain appearance and working order.

12. E

XTERIOR

U

PHOLSTERY

F

ABRIC

Exterior fabrics should be cleaned with a sponge or very soft scrub brush and a mild soap and warm water solution.

After scrubbing, rinse with plenty of cold, clean water and allow the fabric to air dry in a well ventilated place, preferrably away from direct sunlight.

Mildew can occur if your boat does not have adequate ventilation. Heat alone will not prevent mildew; you must also provide for fresh air circulation.

REFER TO THE OWNER'S MANUAL PACKET FOR

INSTRUCTIONS AND WARRANTY INFORMATION.

13. I

NTERIOR

U

PHOLSTERY

F

ABRIC

Cleaning and maintenance information provided by the material manufacturer, is in your Owner’s Manual Packet.

NOTICE

Always clean spots, stains, etc., immediately. Test an unseen area of fabric before cleaning stain, to insure that cleaning material will not cause damage.

REFER TO THE OWNER'S MANUAL PACKET FOR

INSTRUCTIONS AND OTHER CLEANING INFORMATION.

9.4

40 Motor Yacht ( 415 Motor Yacht)

I

NDEX

A

AC & DC Electrical Schematic &

Wiring Harnesses ----------------------------- 6.17

AC System ------------------------------------------ 6.6

Accessories, Layout and -------------------------- 7.1

Accessory Receptacle, 12 Volt ------------------- 6.6

Acrylic Plastic Sheeting (Plastic Glass) -------- 9.4

Additional Recommended Equipment for Safe Operation------------------------------ 1.5

After Market Equipment Checklist ------------ 8.14

Air Conditioning & Heating --------------------- 7.1

To Start The System --------------------------- 7.3

Anchoring ----------------------------------------- 3.10

Anchoring Arrangement --------------------- 3.10

Anchoring -------------------------------------- 3.11

Lowering Anchor ------------------------------ 3.11

Setting Anchor --------------------------------- 3.11

Weighing Anchor ------------------------------ 3.12

Clearing A Fouled Anchor ------------------- 3.12

A Final Word ----------------------------------- 3.12

Automatic Fire Extinguisher -------------------- 7.14

Gasoline Engine Boats ----------------------- 7.14

Diesel Engine Boats -------------------------- 7.14

Manual Fire Extinguisher System ---------- 7.15

Hand Held Extinguishers -------------------- 7.16

B

Basic Boat Dimensions and Clearances -------- 2.4

Batteries --------------------------------------------- 6.1

To Remove The Battery Cables -------------- 6.2

Battery Maintenance -------------------------- 6.2

Battery Chargers ---------------------------------- 6.13

Charging Characteristics -------------------- 6.14

Charging Charateristics of the Bow Thruster

Battery Charger --------------------------- 6.14

Battery Switches and Solenoids ----------------- 6.2

Main Battery Solenoids ---------------------- 6.2

Bow Thruster Solenoid ----------------------- 6.3

Bilge Blowers -------------------------------------- 4.2

Bilge Layout --------------------------------------- 4.13

Bilge Pumps ---------------------------------------- 4.1

Bilge ------------------------------------------------- 4.1

Fuel & Oil Spillage --------------------------- 4.1

Bilge/Engine Compartment ---------------------- 9.3

Boarding -------------------------------------------- 3.3

Bow Thruster (Optional) ------------------ 3.14, 7.16

Breaker Panel, Control Station ------------------ 6.5

Bunk, Expandable -------------------------------- 7.19

C

Cabin Layout --------------------------------------- 2.6

Cablemaster (Optional) -------------------------- 6.11

Canvas and Clear Vinyl --------------------------- 9.4

Canvas ---------------------------------------------- 7.20

Care & Maintenance -------------------------- 7.20

Storage ------------------------------------------ 7.20

Installation Tips ------------------------------- 7.20

Carbon Monoxide Monitor ------------------ 1.4, 7.1

Testing The CO Monitor ---------------------- 7.1

Carbon Monoxide --------------------------------- 1.2

Care For Bottom Paint ---------------------------- 9.2

Central Vacuum (Optional) ---------------------- 7.18

Certification, Manufacturers ----------------------- iv

Chart Your Course --------------------------------- 1.9

Cockpit Ice maker -------------------------------- 7.17

Coffee Maker -------------------------------------- 7.17

Communication System ------------------------- 7.13

Dockside Telephone Hookup ---------------- 7.13

Contact Phone Numbers & Internet Addresses --- v

Control Station Breaker Panel ------------------- 6.5

Control Station Gauge and Switch Panel ------- 2.7

D

DC Breaker Panel, Main -------------------------- 6.2

DC Distribution Panel, Main --------------------- 6.7

40 Motor Yacht ( 415 Motor Yacht)

I

NDEX

DC System ----------------------------------------- 6.1

Dealer Responsibilities ----------------------------- iii

Deck Layout, General ----------------------------- 2.5

Docking/Lifting/Storage -------------------------- 2.1

Bow and Stern Cleats ------------------------- 2.1

Supporting The Boat -------------------------- 2.2

E

Electric Fuel Valve -------------------------------- 5.2

Electrical System Fuse Blocks & Breakers ---- 6.5

Electrolytic Corrosion and Zinc Anodes ------ 6.16

Electronics Circuit --------------------------------- 6.6

Emergency Situation ----------------------------- 1.10

Medical Emergency --------------------------- 1.10

Water rescue ----------------------------------- 1.11

Fire ---------------------------------------------- 1.11

Flooding, Swamping and capsizing --------- 1.11

Collision and Leaking ------------------------ 1.12

Grounding -------------------------------------- 1.12

Propulsion, Control or Steering Failure ---- 1.12

Emergency Start System -------------------------- 6.6

Engine Exhaust System --------------------------- 4.4

Engine Mounts ------------------------------------- 4.3

Engine Oil Change System ----------------------- 8.8

Engines ---------------------------------------------- 4.3

Fresh Water Cooling System ------------------ 4.3

Coolant Recommendations ------------------- 4.3

Engines, Starting The ----------------------------- 3.4

Engines, Stopping The ---------------------------- 3.7

Entertainment Centers --------------------------- 7.13

F

Fiberglass & Gelcoat ------------------------------ 9.1

About Colored Gelcoats ----------------------- 9.1

Fire Extinguishing System ----------------------- 1.2

Fitting Out After Storage ------------------------- 8.7

Fuel System ------------------------------------- 8.7

Battery(ies) -------------------------------------- 8.7

Miscellaneous----------------------------------- 8.7

Floor Plan ------------------------------------------ 7.21

Fuel Filters ------------------------------------------ 5.2

Fuel Filters (Diesel Option) ------------------- 5.2

Generator Fuel Filter (Diesel Option) ------- 5.3

Fuel Filter Maintenance ----------------------- 5.3

Fuel Recommendations --------------------------- 5.2

Fuel System ---------------------------------------- 5.1

Fuel Tanks --------------------------------------- 5.1

Fuel Fill Inlet ----------------------------------- 5.1

Fuel Vent ---------------------------------------- 5.1

Fueling Precautions ------------------------------- 5.4

General ------------------------------------------ 5.5

Before & During Fueling-Checklist --------- 5.5

After Fueling-Checklist ----------------------- 5.5

Fueling The Boat ---------------------------------- 3.2

General ------------------------------------------ 3.2

Filling The Tank -------------------------------- 3.2

After Filling ------------------------------------- 3.2

Function and Location of Through-Hull

Fittings and Cutouts ---------------------------- 2.9

Fuse Blocks & Breakers, Electrical System --- 6.5

Environmental Considerations ------------------ 1.14

Fuel & Oil Spillage --------------------------- 1.14

Waste Disposal -------------------------------- 1.14

Excessive Noise ------------------------------- 1.14

Wake/Wash ---------------------------------------- 1.14

Exhaust System, Engine -------------------------- 4.4

Expandable Bunk --------------------------------- 7.20

Expandable Salon Sofa -------------------------- 7.19

Exterior Upholstery Fabric ----------------------- 9.4

G

Gauge & Switch Panels --------------------------- 9.3

Gauge and Switch Panel, Control Station ------ 2.7

Generator Power, Shifting From Shore Power to3.9

Generator ------------------------------------------ 6.11

Generator, Starting The --------------------------- 3.7

Generator, Stopping The -------------------------- 3.8

Ground Fault Interrupter Receptacle (GFI) --- 6.15

40 Motor Yacht ( 415 Motor Yacht)

I

NDEX

I

H

Halogen Lighting --------------------------------- 6.14

Changing A Blown Bulb --------------------- 6.14

Hardtop --------------------------------------------- 2.7

Head System -------------------------------------- 7.10

Requirements For Vessel Operators -------- 7.10

Vacu-Flush ® Head ---------------------------- 7.10

Holding Tank Operation --------------------- 7.11

Vent Filter -------------------------------------- 7.12

Heating, Air Conditioning and ------------------- 7.1

Horn ------------------------------------------------ 7.20

Hull Identification Number (HIN) ---------------- iv

Hydraulic Power Steering Control ------------- 4.12

Impaired Operation -------------------------------- 1.5

Important Gauges --------------------------------- 2.14

Hourmeter ------------------------------------- 2.14

Tachometer ------------------------------------ 2.14

Fuel Gauge ------------------------------------ 2.14

Voltmeter--------------------------------------- 2.14

Oil Pressure Gauge --------------------------- 2.15

Water Temperature Gauge ------------------- 2.15

Magnetic Compass --------------------------- 2.15

Systems Monitor ------------------------------ 2.16

Engine Monitoring System (EMS) --------- 2.19

Sea Ray Navigator (SRN) (Optional) ------ 2.19

Inspection, Service and Maintenance Protocol 8.4

Bilge Area -------------------------------------- 8.4

Topside Supplies ------------------------------- 8.5

Interior Upholstery Fabric ------------------------ 9.4

International receptacle -------------------------- 6.15

International Requirements --------------------- 1.13

IsoBoost Transformer (Optional) --------------- 6.12

Isolation transformer ----------------------------- 6.12

L

Layout and Accessories ---------------------------- 7.1

Legally Mandated Minimum Required Equipment

1.2

Lighting Layout ----------------------------------- 2.24

Limited Warranty ------------------------------------ vi

Livesaving Equipment ----------------------------- 1.4

Load Capacity --------------------------------------- 1.5

M

Macerator Discharge Pump with Seacock

Interlock System (Optional) ----------------- 7.12

Main DC Breaker Panel -------------------------- 6.2

Main DC Distribution Panel --------------------- 6.7

Maintain Control ---------------------------------- 1.7

Maintenance Log --------------------------------- 8.15

Maintenance Reconditioning -------------------- 9.1

Major Controls ------------------------------------ 2.11

Gear Shifts and Throttle Controls ---------- 2.11

Engine Synchronizers (Optional) ----------- 2.12

Hydraulic Trim Tabs -------------------------- 2.12

Manufacturer’s Certification ----------------------- iv

Marine Gears --------------------------------------- 4.4

Reduction Gears ------------------------------- 4.4

Reverse Gears ---------------------------------- 4.4

Microwave/Convection Oven ------------------- 7.18

N

Nautical Terms ------------------------------------ 1.13

Navigation and Anchor Lights ------------------ 2.20

Console Dimmer ------------------------------ 2.20

40 Motor Yacht ( 415 Motor Yacht)

I

NDEX

O

Oil Exchange System (Optional) ...................... 4.5

Oil Exchange System, Engine .......................... 8.8

A. Gas ............................................................ 8.8

B. Diesel (Optional) ...................................... 8.8

Operating The Generator ................................ 8.13

R

Radio, Satellite (Optional) ---------------------- 7.13

Refrigerator/Freezer ------------------------------ 7.17

Cockpit Ice Maker ---------------------------- 7.17

Responsibilities, Dealer ----------------------------- iii

Responsibilities, Your ------------------------------- iii

Rudder & Rudder Stuffing Box ---------------- 4.10

P

Paint Cleaning Agents & Other Substances ----- 9.1

Passenger Instruction and Location -------------- 3.3

Passenger Locations -------------------------------- 2.2

Permantely Moored or Docked Boats------------ 9.2

Personal Flotation Devices (PFD’s) -------------- 3.3

PFD Classifications -------------------------------- 1.4

Power Capacity ------------------------------------- 1.6

Power Steering System --------------------------- 4.12

Power Ventilation System ------------------------ 7.18

Pre-Launch, Launch and Post-Launch Checklist3.1

Propellers -------------------------------------------- 2.4

Propulsion System ---------------------------------- 2.4

Q

Quick Reference Checklist ............................... 8.9

A. Boarding The Boat .................................... 8.9

B. Preparing To Depart ................................ 8.10

C. While Underway ..................................... 8.11

D. Returning To Port .................................... 8.11

E. Securing The Boat ................................... 8.12

F. If The Engine Does Not Start ................... 8.12

G. Operating The Generator ........................ 8.13

S

Safety Hotlines ------------------------------------ 1.12

Safety Labels --------------------------------------- 1.1

Salon Sofa, Expandable ------------------------- 7.19

Satellite Radio (Optional) ----------------------- 7.13

Seacock Lubrication ------------------------------ 8.8

Seacocks & Strainers ----------------------------- 4.11

Security Considerations -------------------------- 8.7

Service, Parts and Repair for Your Boat ---------- iv

Servicing The Main Distribution Panel --------- 6.7

Shifting From Shore Power to Generator Power 3.9

Shifting to Drive The Boat ----------------------- 3.6

Shore Power Hookup ------------------------------ 3.8

Shore Power to Generator Power, Shifting From

3.9

Shore Power -------------------------------- 6.11, 7.19

Isolation Transformer ----------------------- 6.10

IsoBoost Transformer (Optional) ---------- 6.10

Glendinning Cablemaster ------------------- 6.11

Shore Power Breaker Box ------------------ 6.13

Shore Power Hookup ------------------------- 3.8

Maintenance For Shore Power Cable

Set & Inlets ------------------------------- 6.13

Solenoids, Battery Switches and ---------------- 6.2

Source of Information ------------------------------ iii

Stability --------------------------------------------- 1.6

Stains & Scratches --------------------------------- 9.2

Starting The Engines ------------------------------ 3.4

Starting The Generator ---------------------------- 3.7

Steering System ----------------------------------- 3.10

40 Motor Yacht ( 415 Motor Yacht)

I

NDEX

Auto Pilot (Optional) ------------------------ 3.10

Stopping The Engines ----------------------------- 3.7

Stopping The Generator -------------------------- 3.8

Stove and Microwave ---------------------------- 7.18

Summary Guide for Inspection, Service and

Maintenance ---------------------------------------- 8.1

Switch and Receptacle Layout ------------------ 2.21

T

This Manual ------------------------------------------ iii

Through-Hull Fittings and Cutouts, Function and

Location of ------------------------------------- 2.9

Topside Areas -------------------------------------- 9.3

TV Signal Selector ------------------------------- 7.14

Twelve Volt Accessory Receptacle -------------- 6.6

U

Underwater Gear ----------------------------------- 4.6

Propellers --------------------------------------- 4.6

Shafts -------------------------------------------- 4.9

Carrier Seal Kit -------------------------------- 4.9

Strut -------------------------------------------- 4.10

Useful Service Information ---------------------- 8.3

Utility Room -------------------------------------- 7.16

V

Vacuum, Central (Optional) ............................ 7.18

Ventilation System, Power .............................. 7.18

Vibration & Causes ........................................... 4.4

Foreign Object Interferring With

Propeller Action ...................................... 4.4

Bent Propeller and/or Shaft ......................... 4.5

Engine and Shaft Out of Alignment ............ 4.5

Coupling Out Of True .................................. 4.5

40 Motor Yacht ( 415 Motor Yacht)

Engine Part Hitting Boat Structure .............. 4.5

Other Possible Causes ....................................... 4.5

W

Warning Label Locations ------------------------ 1.15

Warranties -------------------------------------------- iii

Warranty, Limited ------------------------------------ v

Washer & Dryer (Optional) --------------------- 7.19

Water Sports ---------------------------------------- 1.9

Swimming -------------------------------------- 1.9

Skiing ------------------------------------------- 1.9

Diving ------------------------------------------ 1.10

Water System --------------------------------------- 7.3

Water Tank -------------------------------------- 7.3

Water Pump & Filter -------------------------- 7.5

Water System Pressurization ----------------- 7.5

Water Distribution Manifold ----------------- 7.6

Water Heater ----------------------------------- 7.6

Fresh Water Washdown ----------------------- 7.7

Dockside Water Inlet -------------------------- 7.7

Transom Shower ------------------------------- 7.8

Gray Water Sump ------------------------------ 7.8

Gray Water Drain Lines ----------------------- 7.8

Weather --------------------------------------------- 1.7

Welcome ----------------------------------------------- I

Windlass ------------------------------------------- 3.12

To Operate From The Helm ----------------- 3.13

To Operate From The Bow ------------------ 3.13

To Operate Manually ------------------------- 3.13

Maintenance ----------------------------------- 3.13

Winterization Checklist for Boats

Stored on Land --------------------------------- 8.5

Boat Storage ------------------------------------ 8.5

Engines ------------------------------------------ 8.5

Battery(ies) ------------------------------------- 8.5

Head System ----------------------------------- 8.6

Water System ----------------------------------- 8.6

Fuel System ------------------------------------ 8.6

Y

Your Responsibilities ................................................. iii